01 Engineering Mathematics - GQB (Ddpanda)

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 168

GATE QUESTION BANK

For

Electronics & Communication


Engineering
All Stream* Questions

By

www.thegateacademy.com
*Common Subjects
Feel free to share your Suggestion/Feedback/Query

quality@thegateacademy.com

+91 9620666112
GATE QUESTION BANK Contents

Contents

Subject Name Page No.

#1. Engineering Mathematics 1 – 163

#2. Network Theory 164 – 248

#3. Signals and Systems 249 - 311

#4. Control Systems 312 – 390

#5. Analog Circuits 391 – 482

#6. Digital Circuits 483 – 545

#7. Communications 546 – 583

#8. Electronic Devices and Circuits 584 – 614

#9. Electromagnetic Theory 615 – 660

#10. General Aptitude 661 – 729

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com I


11 Engineering Mathematics

Contents
Topics Page No.

#1. Linear Algebra 1 – 30

#2. Probability and Distribution 31 – 61

#3. Numerical Methods 62 – 80

#4. Calculus 81 – 124

#5. Differential Equations 125 – 142

#6. Complex Variables 143 – 155

#7. Transform Theory 156 – 162

#8. Miscellaneous 163


Syllabus

Syllabus for Engineering Mathematics

Linear Algebra: Matrix Algebra, Systems of Linear Equations, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors.
Probability and Statistics: Sampling Theorems, Conditional Probability, Mean, Median, Mode and
Standard Deviation, Random Variables, Discrete and Continuous Distributions, Poisson’s, Normal
and Binomial Distribution, Correlation and Regression Analysis.
Numerical Methods: Solutions of Non-linear Algebraic Equations, Single and Multi-step Methods for
Differential Equations.
Calculus: Mean Value Theorems, Theorems of Integral Calculus, Evaluation of Definite and Improper
Integrals, Partial Derivatives, Maxima and Minima, Multiple Integrals, Fourier Series. Vector
Identities, Directional Derivatives, Line, Surface and Volume Integrals, Stokes, Gauss and Green’s
Theorems.
Differential Equations: First Order Equation (Linear and Nonlinear), Higher Order Linear
Differential Equations with Constant Coefficients, Method of Variation of Parameters, Cauchy’s and
Euler’s Equations, Initial and Boundary Value Problems, Partial Differential Equations and Variable
Separable Method.
Complex Variables: Analytic Functions, Cauchy’s Integral Theorem and Integral Formula, Taylor’s
and Laurent Series, Residue Theorem, Solution Integrals.
Transform Theory: Fourier Transform, Laplace Transform, Z-Transform.

Analysis of GATE Papers

Year ECE EE IN ME CE
2016 15.00 15.00 14.00 15.00 15.50
2015 13.3 10.5 8.00 12.33 13.00
2014 12.5 10.6 11.00 13.00 10.00
2013 10.00 12.00 10.00 15.00 10.00
2012 14.00 10.00 15.00 15.00 15.00
2011 9.00 10.00 10.00 13.00 13.00
2010 12.00 12.00 12.00 15.00 15.00
2009 9.00 9.00 14.00 16.00 15.00
2008 12.00 18.00 16.00 19.00 11.00
2007 12.67 19.00 20.00 20.00 14.00
Overall Percentage 11.95% 12.61% 13% 15.33% 12.15%

:080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Linear Algebra

ME – 2007 ME – 2009
1. The number of linearly independent
Eigenvectors of [ ] is 6. For a matrix[ ] [ ], the transpose

(A) 0 (C) 2 of the matrix is equal to the inverse of the


(B) 1 (D) Infinite
matrix [ ] [ ] . The value of x is
given by
2. If a square matrix A is real and symmetric, (A) ( ) (C) ⁄
then the Eigenvalues (B) ( ⁄ ) (D) ⁄
(A) are always real
(B) are always real and positive ME – 2010
(C) are always real and non-negative 7. One of the Eigenvectors of the matrix
(D) occur in complex conjugate pairs
[ ] is
ME – 2008 (A) { } (C) { }
3. The Eigenvectors of the matrix [ ] are (B) { } (D) { }
written in the form [ ] and [ ]. What is
ME – 2011
a + b?
8. Consider the following system of
(A) 0 (C) 1
equations:
(B) 1/2 (D) 2

4. The matrix [ ] has one Eigenvalue


The system has
equal to 3. The sum of the other two (A) A unique solution
Eigenvalues is (B) No solution
(A) p (C) p – 2 (C) Infinite number of solutions
(B) p – 1 (D) p – 3 (D) Five solutions

5. For what value of a, if any, will the 9. Eigen values of a real symmetric matrix
following system of equations in x, y and z are always
have a solution (A) Positive (C) Negative
(B) Real (D) Complex

ME – 2012
(A) Any real number 10. For the matrix A=[ ] , one of the
(B) 0
normalized Eigenvectors is given as
(C) 1
(D) There is no such value
(A) (√ ) (C) (√ )

(B) (√ ) (D) ( )
√ √

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 1


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

11. x + 2y + z =4 16. Consider a 3×3 real symmetric matrix S


2x + y + 2z =5 such that two of its Eigenvalues are
x–y+z=1 with respective Eigenvectors
The system of algebraic equations given
above has [ ] [ ] If he + +
(A) a unique algebraic equation of x = 1,
equals
y = 1 and z = 1
(A) a (C) ab
(B) only the two solutions of ( x = 1,
(B) b (D) 0
y = 1, z = 1) and ( x = 2, y = 1, z = 0)
(C) infinite number of solutions.
17. Which one of the following equations is a
(D) No feasible solution.
correct identity for arbitrary 3×3 real
matrices P, Q and R?
ME – 2013
(A) ( )
12. The Eigenvalues of a symmetric matrix
(B) ( )
are all
(C) e ( ) e e
(A) Complex with non –zero positive
(D) ( )
imaginary part.
(B) Complex with non – zero negative
ME – 2015
imaginary part.
18. If any two columns of a determinant
(C) Real
(D) Pure imaginary. [ ] are interchanged, which

13. Choose correct set of functions, which are one of the following statements regarding
linearly dependent. the value of the determinant is CORRECT?
(A) (A) Absolute value remains unchanged
(B) but sign will change
(C) (B) Both absolute value and sign
(D) will change
(C) Absolute value will change but
ME – 2014 sign will not change
14. Given that the determinant of the matrix (D) Both absolute value and sign
will remain unchanged
[ ] is 12 , the determinant of
19. At least one eigenvalue of a singular
the matrix [ ] is matrix is
(A) Positive (C) Negative
(A) (B) (C) (D) (B) Zero (D) Imaginary

15. One of the Eigenvectors of the matrix 20. The lowest eigenvalue of the
[ ] is [ ]

(A) {– } (C) { }
21. For a given matrix
(B) {– } (D) { }
P=[ ] he e √ , the
inverse of matrix P is

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 2


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

( ) ⁄ [ ] 28. The inverse of the [ ] is


( ) ⁄ [ ] ( ) [ ] ( ) [ ]
( ) ⁄ [ ]
( ) [ ] ( ) [ ]
( ) ⁄ [ ]

CE – 2008
ME-2016
29. The product of matrices ( ) is
22. The solution to the system of equations
(A) (C)
[ ]{ } { } (B) (D) PQ
(A) 6, 2 (C)
(B) 6, 2 (D) 30. The Eigenvalue of the matrix

23. The condition for which the eigenvalues [P] = [ ] are


of the matrix (A) and 8 (C)
[ ] (B) and 5 (D)

are positive, is 31. The following simultaneous equation


(A) ⁄ (C) x+y+z=3
(B) (D)
x + 2y + 3z = 4
x + 4y + kz = 6
24. A real square matrix A is called skew- will NOT have a unique solution for k
symmetric if
equal to
(A) (C) (A) 0 (C) 6
(B) (D)
(B) 5 (D) 7
25. The number of linearly independent
CE – 2009
eigenvectors of matrix
32. A square matrix B is skew-symmetric if
[ ] _____________ (A) (C)
(B) (D)

CE – 2007 CE – 2011
26. The minimum and the maximum 33. [A] is square matrix which is neither
symmetric nor skew-symmetric and [ ]
Eigenvalue of the matrix [ ]are 2
is its transpose. The sum and difference of
and 6, respectively. What is the other these matrices are defined as
Eigenvalue? [S] = [A] + [ ] and [D] = [A] [ ] ,
(A) (C) respectively. Which of the following
(B) (D) statements is TRUE?
(A) Both [S] and [D] are symmetric
27. For what values of and the following (B) Both [S] and [D] are skew-symmetric
simultaneous equations have an infinite (C) [S] is skew-symmetric and [D] is
of solutions? symmetric
X + Y + Z = 5; X + 3Y + 3Z = 9; (D) [S] is symmetric and [D] is skew
X+2Y+ Z symmetric
(A) 2, 7 (C) 8, 3
(B) 3, 8 (D) 7, 2
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 3
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

34. The inverse of the matrix 40. The determinant of matrix


[ ] is
[ ] is ____________
( ) [ ]

( ) [ ]
41. The rank of the matrix
( ) [ ]
[ ] is ________________
( ) [ ]
CE – 2015
CE – 2012 42. For what value of p the following set of
35. The Eigenvalues of matrix [ ] are equations will have no solution?
;
(A) 2.42 and 6.86
(B) 3.48 and 13.53
43. The smallest and largest Eigen values of
(C) 4.70 and 6.86
(D) 6.86 and 9.50 the following matrix are

CE – 2013 [ ]
36. There is no value of x that can
(A) 1.5 and 2.5 (C) 1.0 and 3.0
simultaneously satisfy both the given
(B) 0.5 and 2.5 (D) 1.0 and 2.0
equations. Therefore, find the ‘le
squares e ’ solution to the two 44. Let [ ] h
equations, i.e., find the value of x that
The rank of A is
minimizes the sum of squares of the
(A) 0 (C)
errors in the two equations.
(B) 1 (D) n

45.
37. What is the minimum number of
multiplications involved in computing the l ( ) e l
matrix product PQR? Matrix P has 4 rows (A) e (B) e (C) 1 (D) e
and 2 columns, matrix Q has 2 rows and
4 columns, and matrix R has 4 rows and 1 46. While minimizing the function f( ),
column. __________ necessary and sufficient conditions for a
point, to be a minima are:
CE – 2014
(A) f ( ) f( )
38. Given the matrices J = [ ] (B) f ( ) f( )
(C) f ( ) f( )
(D) f ( ) f( )
[ ], the product

47. The two Eigen values of the matrix [ ]


39. The sum of Eigenvalues of the matrix, [M]
have a ratio of 3:1 for p = 2. What is
is, where [M] = [ ] another value of p for which the Eigen
values have the same ratio of 3:1?
(A) 915 (C) 1640 (A) (C) 7/3
(B) 1355 (D) 2180 (B) (D) 14/3

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 4


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

CE – 2016 CS – 2010
48. Consider the following linear system. 52. Consider the following matrix
A=[ ]
If the Eigen values of A are 4 and 8, then
This system is consistent if a, b and c (A) x = 4, y = 10 (C) x = 3, y = 9
satisfy the equation (B) x = 5, y = 8 (D) x = 4, y = 10
(A)
(B) CS – 2011
(C) 53. Consider the matrix as given below
(D)
[ ]
CS – 2007 Which one of the following options
49. Consider the set of (column) vectors provides the CORRECT values of the
defined by X={xR3 x1+x2+x3=0, where Eigenvalues of the matrix?
XT =[x1, x2, x3]T }. Which of the following is (A) 1, 4, 3 (C) 7, 3, 2
TRUE? (B) 3, 7, 3 (D) 1, 2, 3
(A) {[1, 1, 0]T, [1, 0, 1]T} is a basis for
the subspace X. CS – 2012
(B) {[1, 1, 0]T, [1, 0, 1]T} is a linearly 54. Let A be the 2 2 matrix with elements
independent set, but it does not span and .
X and therefore, is not a basis of X. Then the Eigenvalues of the matrix
(C) X is not the subspace for R3 are
(D) None of the above (A) 1024 and
(B) 1024√ and √
CS – 2008
(C) √ √
50. The following system of
(D) √ √

CS – 2013
55. Which one of the following does NOT
Has unique solution. The only possible
value (s) for is/ are
equal [ ]
(A) 0
(B) either 0 or 1 ( )
(C) one of 0,1, 1 (A) | ( ) |
(D) any real number except 5 ( )

51. How many of the following matrices have (B) | |


an Eigenvalue 1?
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
(C) | |
(A) One (C) three
(B) two (D) four
(D) | |

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 5


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

CS – 2014 CS – 2015
56. Consider the following system of 61.
equations: l
(A) (C)
(B) (D) Not defined

62. Consider the following 2 × 2 matrix A


The number of solutions for this system is where two elements are unknown and are
__________. marked by a and b. The eigenvalues of this
matrix are –1 and 7. What are the values of
57. The value of the dot product of the a and b?
Eigenvectors corresponding to any pair of
different Eigenvalues of a 4-by-4 [ ]
symmetric positive definite matrix is (A) a = 6, b = 4 (C) a = 3, b = 5
__________. (B) a = 4, b = 6 (D) a = 5, b = 3

58. If the matrix A is such that 63. The larger of the two eigenvalues of the
matrix [ ] is __________
[ ][ ]
64. Perform the following operations on the
Then the determinant of A is equal to
__________. matrix [ ]

59. The product of the non – zero Eigenvalues (i) Add the third row to the second row
of the matrix (ii) Subtract the third column from the
first column. The determinant of the
resultant matrix is_________.
is __________.

[ ] 65. In the given matrix [ ] one of

60. Which one of the following statements is the eigenvalues is 1. The eigenvectors
TRUE about every matrix with only corresponding to the eigenvalue 1 are
real eigenvalues? (A) { (4, 2, 1)| }
(A) If the trace of the matrix is positive (B) { ( )| }
and the determinant of the matrix is (C) (√ )
negative, at least one of its (D) (√ )
eigenvalues is negative.
(B) If the trace of the matrix is positive, 66. If the following system has non-trivial
all its eigenvalues are positive. solution,
(C) If the determinant of the matrix is px + qy + rz = 0; qx+ ry + pz =0
positive, all its eigenvalues are rx + py + qz = 0
positive. Then which one of the following options
(D) If the product of the trace and is TRUE?
determinant of the matrix is positive, (A)
all its eigenvalues are positive. (B)
(C)
(D)

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 6


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

CS – 2016 (A)
67. Two eigenvalues of a real matrix P (B)
are ( √ ) and 3. The determinant of (C)
P is _______ (D)

68. Consider the systems, each consisting of ECE – 2009


m linear equations in n variables. 73. The Eigen values of the following matrix
(i) If m < n, then all such systems have a are
solution
(ii) If m > n, then none of these systems [ ]
has a solution
(A) 3, 3 + 5j, 6 j
(iii) If m = n, then there exists a system
(B) 6 + 5j, 3 + j, 3 j
which has a solution
(C) 3 + j, 3 j, 5 + j
Which one of the following is CORRECT?
(D) 3, 1 + 3j, 1 3j
(A) i, ii and iii are true
(B) Only ii and iii are true
ECE – 2010
(C) Only iii is true
74. The Eigenvalues of a skew-symmetric
(D) None of them is true
matrix are
(A) Always zero
69. Suppose that the eigenvalues of matrix
(B) Always pure imaginary
A are 1, 2, 4. The determinant of ( )
(C) Either zero or pure imaginary
is __________ (D) Always real

ECE – 2007 ECE – 2011


70. It is given that X1 , X2 …… XM are M non- 75. The system of equations
zero, orthogonal vectors. The dimension
of the vector space spanned by the 2M
vector X1 , X2 … XM , X1 , X2 … XM is
(A) 2M has NO solution for values of
(B) M+1 given by
(C) M (A) (C)
(D) dependent on the choice of X1 , X2 … (B) (D)
XM.
ECE\EE\IN – 2012
ECE – 2008 76. Given that A = [ ] and I = [ ],
71. The system of linear equations
the value of A3 is
4x + 2y = 7, 2x + y = 6 has
(A) 15 A + 12 I (C) 17 A + 15 I
(A) a unique solution
(B) 19A + 30 (D) 17A +21
(B) no solution
(C) an infinite number of solutions ECE – 2013
(D) exactly two distinct solutions 77. The minimum Eigenvalue of the following
matrix is
72. All the four entries of the 2 x 2 matrix
[ ]
P=[ ] are non-zero, and one of
its Eigenvalues is zero. Which of the (A) 0 (C) 2
following statements is true? (B) 1 (D) 3

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 7


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

78. Let A be a matrix and B be a (A) a unique solution


matrix. It is given that (B) infinitely many solutions
Determinant(I ) determinant (C) no solution
(I ) where I is the identity (D) exactly two solutions
matrix. Using the above property, the
determinant of the matrix given below is 84. Which one of the following statements is
NOT true for a square matrix A?
[ ] (A) If A is upper triangular, the
Eigenvalues of A are the diagonal
elements of it
(A) 2 (C) 8
(B) If A is real symmetric, the Eigenvalues
(B) 5 (D) 16
of A are always real and positive
(C) If A is real, the Eigenvalues of A and
ECE – 2014
are always the same
79. For matrices of same dimension M, N and
(D) If all the principal minors of A are
scalar c, which one of these properties
positive, all the Eigenvalues of A are
DOES NOT ALWAYS hold?
also positive
(A) ( )
(B) ( ) ( )
85. The maximum value of the determinant
(C) ( )
among all 2×2 real symmetric matrices
(D)
with trace 14 is ___.
80. A real (4 × 4) matrix A satisfies the
ECE – 2015
equation I where 𝐼 is the (4 × 4)
86. Consider a system of linear equations :
identity matrix. The positive Eigenvalue
of A is _____.


81. Consider the matrix
The value of k for which the system has
infinitely many solution is _________.

87. The value of p such that the vector [ ] is


[ ]
Which is obtained by reversing the order an eigenvector of the matrix
of the columns of the identity matrix I .
Let I where is a non- [ ] is ____
negative real number. The value of for
which det(P) = 0 is _____.
88. Two sequences [a, b, c] and [A, B, C] are
related as,
82. The determinant of matrix A is 5 and the
determinant of matrix B is 40. The
[ ] [ ][ ]
determinant of matrix AB is ________.

83. The system of linear equations he e e


If another sequence [p, q, r] is derived as,
( )( ) ( )h

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 8


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

⁄ 94. Consider a 2 × 2 square matrix, [ ]


[ ] [ ][ ][ ⁄ ]
Where x is unknown. If the eigenvalues of

he e( ) ( )
then the relationship between the
then x is equal to
sequences [p, q, r] and [a, b, c] is
(A) (C)
(A) [p, q, r] = [b, a, c] (B) – (D)
(B) [p, q, r] = [b, c, a]
(C) [p, q, r] = [c, a, b] EE – 2007
(D) [p, q, r] = [c, b, a] 95. X = [ , . . . . ] is an n-tuple non-zero
vector. The n n matrix V = X X
89. The value of x for which all the eigen- (A) Has rank zero (C) Is orthogonal
values of the matrix given below are real (B) Has rank 1 (D) Has rank n
is
96. The linear operation L(x) is defined by
[ ] the cross product L(x) = b , where
b =[0 1 0] and x =[ ] are three
(A) (C)
dimensional vectors. The matrix M
(B) (D)
of this operation satisfies

90. For [ ] L(x) = M [ ]


the determinant of
Then the Eigenvalues of M are
(A) e (C) 1
(A) 0, +1, 1 (C) i, i, 1
(B) (D) 0
(B) 1, 1, 1 (D) i, i, 0

ECE – 2016 97. Let x and y be two vectors in a 3


91. Let = I, (where I denotes the identity dimensional space and <x, y> denote
) I I I their dot product. Then the determinant
Then, for any natural number k,
equals: det [ ]
(A) (C) (A) is zero when x and y are linearly
(B) (D) independent
(B) is positive when x and y are linearly
92. The value of for which the matrix independent
(C) is non-zero for all non-zero x and y
[ ] has zero as an (D) is zero only when either x or y is zero
eigenvalue is __________
Statement for Linked Answer Q.No 98 and 99
Cayley-Hamilton Theorem states that a
square matrix satisfies its own
93. The matrix [ ]has
characteristic equation. Consider a matrix.

e( ) and e( ) A=[ ]
The value of is ________ 98. A satisfies the relation
(A) A + 3 + 2 =0
(B) A2 + 2A + 2 = 0
(C) (A+ ) (A 2) = 0
(D) exp (A) = 0

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 9


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

99. equals EE – 2009


(A) 511 A + 510  104. The trace and determinant of a
(B) 309 A + 104  matrix are known to be –2 and –35
(C) 154 A + 155  e e vel I ’ E ge v l e e
(D) exp (9A) (A) –30 and –5 (C) –7 and 5
(B) –37 and –1 (D) 17.5 and –2
EE – 2008
100. If the rank of a ( ) matrix Q is 4, then EE – 2010
which one of the following statements is 105. For the set of equations
correct? =2
(A) Q will have four linearly independent =6
rows and four linearly independent The following statement is true
columns (A) Only the trivial solution
(B) Q will have four linearly independent = 0 exists
rows and five linearly independent (B) There are no solutions
columns (C) A unique non-trivial solution exists
(C) Q will be invertible (D) Multiple non-trivial solutions exist
(D) Q will be invertible

101. The characteristic equation of a ( ) 106. An Eigenvector of [ ] is


matrix P is defined as
(A) [ ] (C) [ ]
() = | P| =    =0 (B) [ ] (D) [ ]
If I denotes identity matrix, then the
inverse of matrix P will be EE – 2011
(A) ( I) 107. The matrix[A] = [ ] is decomposed
(B) ( I)
into a product of a lower triangular
(C) ( I)
matrix [L] and an upper triangular matrix
(D) ( I)
[U]. The properly decomposed [L] and [U]
102. A is full rank matrix with m > n and matrices respectively are
 is an identity matrix. Let matrix (A) [ ] and [ ]
A+ = ( ) , then, which one of the
following statements is FALSE? (B) [ ] and [ ]
(A) A A+ A = A (C) A+ A =  (C) [ ] and [ ]
(B) (AA ) = A A
+ + (D) A A+ A = A+
(D) [ ] and [ ]
103. Let P be a real orthogonal matrix. ⃗
is a real vector [ ] with length EE – 2013
⃗ ( ) . Then, which one of the 108. The equation [ ][ ] [ ] has
following statements is correct?
(A) No solution
(A) ⃗ ⃗ where at least one
vector satisfies ⃗ ⃗ (B) Only one solution [ ] [ ].
(B) ⃗ ⃗ for all vectors ⃗ (C) Non – zero unique solution
(C) ⃗ ⃗ where at least one (D) Multiple solution
vector satisfies ⃗ ⃗
(D) No relationship can be established
between ⃗ and ⃗

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 10


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

109. A matrix has Eigenvalues – 1 and – 2. The 114. The v l e f“ ” h h he


corresponding Eigenvectors are [ ] and
matrix ( ) has three linearly
[ ] respectively. The matrix is
independent real eigenvectors is
(A) [ ] (C) [ ] √
( ) ( )
√ √
(B) [ ] (D) [ ]
( ) √
√ ( )

EE – 2014
110. Given a system of equations: 115. We have a set of 3 linear equations in 3
‘X ≡ Y’ e X Y e
e v le e e ‘X Y’ e
Which of the following is true regarding X and Y are not equivalent statements.
its solutions? P. There is a unique solution.
(A) The system has a unique solution for Q. The equations are linearly
any given and independent.
(B) The system will have infinitely many R. All eigenvalues of the coefficient
solutions for any given and matrix are nonzero.
(C) Whether or not a solution exists S. The determinant of the coefficient
depends on the given and matrix is nonzero.
(D) The system would have no solution Which one of the following is TRUE?
for any values of and (A) ≡ ≡ ≡ S (C) ≡ ≡S
(B) ≡ ≡S (D) P Q R S
111. Which one of the following statements is
true for all real symmetric matrices? EE – 2016
(A) All the eigenvalues are real. 116. Consider a 3 × 3 matrix with every element
(B) All the eigenvalues are positive. being equal to 1. Its only non – zero
(C) All the eigenvalues are distinct. eigenvalue is __________.
(D) Sum of all the eigenvalues is zero.
117. Let the eigen value of a matrix A be 1,
with eigen vectors and
112. Two matrices A and B are given below:
respectively. Then the eigen values and
[ ] [ ] eigen vectors of the matrix I
would, respectively, be
If the rank of matrix A is N, then the rank
(A)
of matrix B is
(B)
(A) (C)
(C)
(B) (D)
(D)
EE – 2015 118. Let A be a real matrix with rank 2.
113. If the sum of the diagonal elements of a Which one of the following statement is
2 × 2 matrix is , then the maximum TRUE?
possible value of determinant of the (A) Rank of is less than 2
matrix is ___________. (B) Rank of A is equal to 2
(C) Rank of A is greater than 2
(D) Rank of A can be any number
between 1 and 3

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 11


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

119. A matrix P is such that, . Then IN – 2009


the eigenvalues of P are
(A) 124. The matrix P =[ ] rotates a vector
(B)
(C) about the axis[ ] by an angle of
(D)
(A) (C)
120. A 3×3 matrix P is such that, The solution (B) (D)
of the differential equation, for
() () () with initial 125. The Eigenvalues of a (2 2) matrix X are
conditions ( ) ( ) 2 and 3. The Eigenvalues of matrix
( ( ) e e he e f ) (X I) (X I) are
(A) e ( ) (A) (C)
(B) (e e ) () (B) (D)
(C) ( e e ) ()
126. Let P 0 be a 3 3 real matrix. There exist
(D) e ( )
linearly independent vectors x and y such
that Px = 0 and Py = 0. The dimension of
121. e [ ] the range space of P is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
e he e S f ll ve ( )
h h IN – 2010
he e ( ) ( ) The S 127. X and Y are non-zero square matrices of
size n n. If then
(A) le f √
(A) |X| = 0 and |Y| 0
(B) le f (B) |X| 0 and |Y| = 0

(C) ell e h l g( ) (C) |X| = 0 and |Y| = 0


(D) |X| 0 and |Y| 0
(D) ell e h l g( )
128. A real n × n matrix A = [ ] is defined as
IN – 2007 follows: {
he e
122. Let A = [ ] h
The summation of all n Eigenvalues of A is
= i. j. Then the rank of A is ( )( )
(A) ( ) (C)
(A) (C)
(B) ( ) (D)
(B) (D)

IN – 2011
123. Let A be an n×n real matrix such that
= I and y be an n- dimensional vector. 129. The matrix M = [ ] has
Then the linear system of equations Ax=Y
has Eigenvalues . An Eigenvector
(A) no solution corresponding to the Eigenvalue 5 is
(B) a unique solution [ ] . One of the Eigenvectors of
(C) more than one but finitely many the matrix is
independent solutions (A) [ ] (C) [ √ ]
(D) Infinitely many independent (B) [ ] (D) [ ]
solutions

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 12


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

IN – 2013 IN – 2015
130. The dimension of the null space of the 133. Let A be an matrix with rank r
(0 < r < n). Then Ax = 0 has p
matrix [ ] is independent solutions, where p is
(A) r (C)
(A) 0 (C) 2
(B) n (D)
(B) 1 (D) 3

IN – 2016
131. One of Eigenvectors corresponding to the
134. Consider the matrix
two Eigenvalues of the matrix [ ] is
( ) whose eigenvalues
(A) [ ] [ ] (C) [ ] [ ]
e The T e f ( )
(B) [ ] [ ] (D) [ ] [ ] is _______

IN – 2014
132. For the matrix A satisfying the equation
given below, the eigenvalues are

[ ][ ] [ ]

(A) ( 𝑗,𝑗) (C) ( )


(B) (1,1,0) (D) (1,0,0)

Answer Keys and Explanations

ME 3. [Ans. B]
1. [Ans. B] e [ ] ⇒ e ge v l e e
[ ] E ge v l e e 2, 2 Eigen vector corresponding to
No ( I) ( I) ( ) ( I)X

No. of L.I Eigenvectors ( )( ) ( )


( fv le ) ( I) By simplifying
X ( ) ( ) g

2. [Ans. A] Eigen vector corresponding to =2


( ( I)X
I) .
S lv g f , Let the symmetric and real ( )( ) ( )
matrix be A = [ ]
By simplifying X ( ) ( ⁄ ) by
Now | |
g
Which gives ( )
⇒ ⁄
⇒ ⇒ ⁄
Hence real Eigen value.

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 13


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

4. [Ans. C] 10. [Ans. B]


Sum of the diagonal elements = Sum of [ ] e ge v l e v l e
the Eigenvalues
⇒ 1 + 0 + p = 3+S Eigen vector will be ( )
⇒ S= p 2 l e ve

5. [Ans. B]
√( ) ( )
( ⁄ ) [ ]
[√( ) ( ) ]

[ ] √ ]
[


[ ]
11. [Ans. C]
The given system is
[ ]

If e ll h ve l

6. [Ans. A] Use Gauss elimination method as follows


ve I Augmented matrix is

[ ] [ | ]
[ ][ ] [ ]
→ [ | ]
Equating the elements ⁄

7. [Ans. A] → [ | ]
[ ] E ge v l e e ( )
E ge ve ve f he ( )
So, Rank (A) = Rank (A|B) = 2 < n (no. of
8. [Ans. C] variables)
So, we have infinite number of solutions
[ ] [ ]
12. [Ans. C]
[ ] Suppose the Eigenvalue of matrix A is
( )( ) and the Eigenvector is
‘ ’ he e he g e f
[ ] Eigenvalue and Eigenvector is ̅ ̅.
So Ax = … ①
( ) f e l
and ̅ ̅ ̅……②
Taking transpose of e ②
9. [Ans. B]
̅ ̅
̅ … ③
Eigenvalues of a real symmetric matrix
[( ) ̅ l ]
are always real
⇒̅ ̅ ̅
⇒̅ ̅ ̅ … [ ]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 14


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

⇒̅ ̅ ̅ 18. [Ans. A]
⇒ (̅ ) ̅(̅ ) ( ̅ e l )
⇒ ̅ 19. [Ans. B]
( ̅ e E ge ve he e e )
⇒ 20. [Ans. *] Range: 2 to 2
⇒ 0 e [ ]

Characteristic equation of A is
Hence Eigenvalue of a symmetric matrix
|A - I| = 0
are real
⇒| |
13. [Ans. C] ⇒ ⇒
We know that
21. [Ans. A]
⇒ ( ) ( ) ( )( ) ( )( )
Hence 1, 1 and 1 are coefficients. They
are linearly dependent. Adj [ ]

14. [Ans. A] [ ]

| |
22. [Ans. D]
[ ][ ] [ ]
So, | |
⇒[ ] [ ]
| | On comparing the matrix, we get
……… ①
(Taking 2 common from each row)
……… ②
( )
By solving the equation (1) and (2)
We get
15. [Ans. D]
23. [Ans. A]
[ ] e ge v l e
[ ]
E ge ve X X ve f f h
If are eigen values of then

16. [Ans. D]
We know that the Eigenvectors
corresponding to distinct Eigenvalues of
real symmetric matrix are orthogonal.

[ ][ ]
24. [Ans. C]
We know that a square matrix can be
17. [Ans. D] written as,
( ) [ ] ( ) ( )
In case of matrix PQ QP (generally)

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 15


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

28. [Ans. A]
he e ( ) e
I ve e f [ ]
( ) e e
[ ] [ ]
Now, if A = ( )
[ ] ( ) [ ( )] [ ] [ ]
( )
Symmetric part becomes zero while skew
[ ]
symmetric part is left therefore a square
matrix is called a skew symmetric matrix
if 29. [Ans. B]
( ) P=( )P
25. [Ans. *] Range: 2 to 2 ( )( )
As two Eigenvalue of given matrix are =( ) (I) =
identical, the eigen vectors resulting from
these identical eigen values would be 30. [Ans. B]
identical/linearly dependent. Therefore, A=[ ]
number of linearly independent eigen
Characteristic equation of A is
vectors = n – 1 = 2
| |=0
CE ⇒ (4 )( 5 ) 2 × 5 =0
26. [Ans. B] ⇒ + 30 = 0
∑ = Trace (A) 6, 5
+ + =1+5+1=7
Now = 2, = 6 31. [Ans. D]
2 + 6 + = 7; = 3 The augmented matrix for given system is

27. [Ans. A] [ | ][ ] [ ]
The augmented matrix for given system is
Using Gauss elimination we reduce this to
[ | ] an upper triangular matrix to find its rank

Using Gauss elimination we reduce this to [ | ]→


an upper triangular matrix to find its
rank →
[ | ]

[ | ]
[ | ]

→ [ | ] f
Rank (A) = rank (A|B) = 3
Unique solution
→ [ | ] If k = 7, rank (A) = rank (A|B) = 2
which is less than number of variables
Now for infinite solution last row must be
When K = 7, unique solution is not
completely zero
possible and only infinite solution is
e –2=0 –7=0
possible

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 16


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

32. [Ans. A] 39. [Ans. A]


A square matrix B is defined as skew- Sum of Eigenvalues
symmetric if and only if = B = Sum of trace/main diagonal elements
= 215 + 150 + 550
33. [Ans. D] = 915
By definition A + is always symmetric
⇒S e 40. [Ans. 88]
l e e The determinant of matrix is
⇒ e e
[ ]
34. [Ans. B]
[ ] =( )
[ ]

[ ] [ ]

[ ]
[( )( ) ]
[ ]
[ ]
35. [Ans. B]
[ ]
Sum of the Eigenvalues = 17
[ ]
Product of the Eigenvalues =
From options, 3.48 + 13.53 = 17
Interchanging Column 1& Column 2 and
(3.48)(13.53) = 47
taking transpose
36. [Ans. 0.5]
[ ]
37. [Ans. 16]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
The product of matrix PQR is | |
[ ] [ ] [ ]
( ) ( )
The minimum number of multiplications
= ( )
involves in computing the matrix product
PQR is 16
41. [Ans. 2]

38. [Ans. 23] [ ]

[ ][ ] [ ] [ ]

[
[ ][ ] [ ]
( ) ( ) ( )
[ ]
]
( ) ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 17


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

45. [Ans. D]
[ ]
l ( )
( ) no. of non zero rows = 2
(l ( ) )
42. [Ans. *] Range: 4.49 to 4.51
ve e

46. [Ans. D]
⇒[ ][ ] [ ]
X 47. [Ans. D]
g e e [ ⁄ ] [ ] e [ ]

[ ] Given that two eigen values of A are in 3:1


Ratio for p = 2
System will have no solution if ⇒ h e e
( ) ( ) ( g )
⇒ ⇒

If e e he [ ]

43. [Ans. D]
⇒ ( ) ( )
e [ ]

Characteristic equation is ⇒
I

⇒| |
E ge v l e e

⇒( )( )
( )( )( )
48. [Ans. B]

44. [Ans. B] [ ]
Given A = [ ]
And
[ ]
⇒ { }
For matrix A to be consistent
S( ) S( ) ( ve)
If we apply … For that
Every row will be zero row, except first
row in echelon form
( )
CS
49. [Ans. B]
X= {x
X =[ ] then,

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 18


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

{ [1, 1, 0]T , [1,0, 1 ]T } is a linearly Only one matrix has an Eigenvalue of 1


independent set because one cannot be which is [ ]
obtained from another by scalar
Correct choice is (A)
multiplication. However (1, 1, 0) and
(1,0, 1) do not span X, since all such
52. [Ans. D]
combinations (x1, x2, x3) such that
x1+ x2+ x3 =0 cannot be expressed as | |
linear combination of (1, 1,0) and
⇒ ( )( )
(1,0, 1)
When
⇒ ( )
50. [Ans. D]
⇒ ( )
The augmented matrix for above system
When
is
( )
[ | ] → [ | ] ⇒ ( )

Solving (1) & (2)


→ [ | ]

Now as long as – 5 0,
53. [Ans. A]
rank (A) =rank (A|B) =3
The Eigenvalues of a upper triangular
can be any real value except 5. Closest
matrix are given by its diagonal entries.
correct answer is (D).
Eigenvalues are 1, 4, 3 only

51. [Ans. A]
54. [Ans. D]
Eigenvalues of [ ]
[ ]
| | =0 ⇒ =0,1 Eigenvalues of the matrix (A) are the
roots of the characteristic polynomial
Eigenvalues of [ ]
given below.
| | =0 | |
=0 ⇒ = 0, 0 ( )( )
Eigenvalues of [ ] ( )( )

| |= 0

( ) =0 Eigenvalues of A are √ √
( ) respectively
= i or 1 So Eigenvalues of
= 1 –i or 1 + i
(√ ) ( √ )
Eigenvalues of [ ]

| | =0
( )( ) =0 √ √
( ) =0
= –1, 1

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 19


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

55. [Ans. A] 59. [Ans. 6]

Since 2nd & 3rd columns have been


Let A =
swapped which introduces a –ve sign
Hence (A) is not equal to the problem [ ]

56. [Ans. 1]
Let X = e e ge ve

[ ]
By the definition of eigenvector, AX = X

g e e [ ]
[ ][ ] [ ]

[ ]

(I) If
[ ]

⇒ ⇒ ⇒
⇒ ⇒
(2) If ⇒ E ge v l e
[ ] Three distinct eigenvalues are 0, 2, 3
Product of non-zero eigenvalues = 2 × 3
=6

[ ] 60. [Ans. A]
If the trace or determinant of matrix is
positive then it is not necessary that all
( ) ( ) fv le
eigenvalues are positive. So, option (B),
e l e
(C), (D) are not correct
57. [Ans. 0]
61. [Ans. C]
The Eigenvectors corresponding to

distinct Eigenvalues of real symmetric l
matrix are orthogonal l e
( ⁄ )


58. [Ans. 0] l e

[ ] l
e e
⇒ ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 20


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

62. [Ans. D] ⇒
[ ] ⇒
Z
⇒ ( )

⇒X [ ]
63. [Ans. *] Range: 6 to 6
Characteristic equation is E ge ve e ( )
| |

⇒( )( ) ⇒ 66. [Ans. C]
Larger Eigen value is 6 For non-trivial solution, we have |A| = 0

e | |
64. [Ans. *] Range: 0 to 0
( )
Let A = [ ]
( ) | |

[ ]
[ ]
( )| |

⇒( ) ( )( )
[ ] ( e l ) ⇒
⇒( ) ( ) ( )

[ ] ⇒ …( )

( )( )| | 67. [Ans. *] Range: 15 to 15


If √
e ge v l e he
( )
Method 2: Determinant is unaltered by l e ge v l e
the operations (i) and (ii) ( )( ) ( )
Determinant of the resultant matrix =
Determinant of the given matrix
68. [Ans. C]
| | (i) Consider 2 equations in 3 variables

(S e e l
e )
This system has no solution
(inconsistent)
65. [Ans. B]
x = 1and y = 1
X be an eigen vector corresponding to
I f l e
eigen value then
(ii) Consider 3 equations in two
AX = X ⇒ ( I)X
variables.
X
[ ] [Y]
Z
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 21
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

As Rank (A) rank (C) therefore no


This system has a unique solution solution exists.
II f l e
(iii) Consider a system with 2 equations 72. [Ans. C]
and 2 variables Matrix will be singular if any of the
and Eigenvalues are zero.
The system has a solution x = 1 and  =0
y=1 For = 0, P = 0
Option (C) is true ⇒ | | =0

69. [Ans. *] Range: 0.124 to 0.126

73. [Ans. D]
Approach1: Eigenvalues exists as complex
⇒ conjugate or real
Approach 2: Eigenvalues are given by
|( ) |
| | =0
ECE
⇒( )(( ) )=0
70. [Ans. C]
⇒ ,
There are M non-zero, orthogonal vectors,
so there is required M dimension to 74. [Ans. C]
e e e he ’ Eigenvalue of skew – symmetric matrix is
either zero or pure imaginary.
71. [Ans. B]
Approach 1: 75. [Ans. B]
Given 4x + 2y =7 Given equations are
and 2x + y =6 and
4 2   x  7 If and ,
2 1  y   6 then have Infinite solution
     If and , then
0 0   x   5 ( ) no solution
2 1  y   6 
    
On comparing LHS and RHS If
0= 5, which is irrelevant and so no will have solution
solution.
Approach 2: and will also give solution
4x + 2y =7
76. [Ans. B]
7
or 2x  y= [ ]
2
2x+y=6 Characteristic Equations is
Since both the linear equation represent
parallel set of straight lines, therefore no By Cayley Hamilton theorem
solution exists. I I
Approach 3:
Rank (A)=1; rank (C)=2, ( I)
I
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 22
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

77. [Ans. A] 82. [Ans. *] Range 199 to 201


From matrix properties we know that the
[ ] determinant of the product is equal to the
product of the determinants.
( )
That is if A and B are two matrix with
[ ]⇒ determinant respectively,
then
Product of Eigenvalues = 0
E ge v l e h e‘ ’

78. [Ans. B] 83. [Ans. B]

[ ] [ ]
Let [ ] [ ]

[ ]
I I [ ] ( ) ( ) fv le
Infinitely many solutions

Then AB = [4]; BA [ ] 84. [Ans. B]


e [ ]
Here m = 1, n = 4 h h e l e
And e (I ) e (I ) h e e I
⇒( )
⇒ e f[ ] e f[ ] ⇒
( ve)
( ) e
79. [Ans. D] (A), (C), (D) are true using properties of
Matrix multiplication is not commutative Eigenvalues
in general.
85. [Ans. *] Range 48.9 to 49.1
80. [Ans. *] Range 0.99 to 1.01 Real symmetric matrices are diagnosable
e ‘ ’ e E ge v l e f ‘ ’ The ‘ ’ ll Let the matrix be
e E ge v l e f ‘ ’ [ ] e
A. =I= So determinant is product of diagonal
Using Cauchey Hamilton Theorem, entries
So
v l e f ee

81. [Ans. *] Range 0.99 to 1.01
I I
86. [Ans. *]Range: 2 to 2

[ ]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 23


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

89. [Ans. B]
[ ]
e [ ]

Given that all eigen values of A are real.


[ ] ⇒ A is Hermitian
⇒ he
f eS l ( ) ( )
⇒ e (̅)

̅
[ ] [ ]
87. [Ans. *]Range: 16.5 to 17.5

X X⇒[ ] [ ] [ ]
90. [Ans. A]
⇒[ ] [ ]⇒ …① | | | |

…② 91. [Ans. C]
e I I I I
E ② g ve We can back calculate, lets say

88. [Ans. C] I[ l l g h e ]
⁄ ⇒ I
[ ] [ ][ ][ ⁄ ] ( )
⇒ I

⇒I I h h e
⁄ Thus C is the answer
[ ][ ⁄ ]

92. [Ans. *] Range: 0.95 to 1.05
h E ge v l e e
f e

[ ][ ][ ] | |

(– ) ( )
[ ][ ] ( )
( ) ( ) ( )

e


√ 93. [Ans. *] Range: 2.9 to 3.1
e T e f


e( )
[ ][ ]
| |
⇒[ ] [ ]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 24


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

97. [Ans. B]

e ① ②
| | | |
e he
( )
– = Positive when x and y are linearly
independent.
94. [Ans. D]
ve [ ] 98. [Ans. A]

Determinant of A = product of Eigen A=[ ]


values |A – | = 0
( )( ) 
| | =0
⇒ ;⇒ 
A will satisfy this equation according to
EE Cayley Hamilton theorem
95. [Ans. B] i.e. I=0
The Multiplying by h e we get
I=0
[ ] I =0

Take common from 1st row, 99. [Ans. A]


common from 2nd …… To calculate
common from nth row. Start from I = 0 which has
I h ‘ ’ derived above
⇒ I
96. [Ans. D]
⃗ ( I)( I)
L(x) = | | I
( I) I
⃗( I
=( ) ( ) )

= ⃗ =[ ] ( I)( I)
I
( I) I
L(x) = M [ ]
I
Comparing both , we get,
( I)
M=[ ]
( I)
Hence Eigenvalue of M : I

⇒| |
100. [Ans. A]
⇒ ( ) ( ) If rank of (5 6 ) matrix is 4,then surely it
⇒ must have exactly 4 linearly independent
⇒ ( ) rows as well as 4 linearly independent
columns.

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 25


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

101. [Ans. D]
If characteristic equation is , [ ]
   =0
Then by Cayley – Hamilton theorem, ( ) ( )
I=0 Number of variables = 4
= Since, Rank (A) = Rank(C) < Number of
Multiplying by on both sides, variables
= I = ( I) Hence, system of equations are consistent
and there is multiple non-trivial solution
102. [Ans. D] exists.
Choice (A) = A is correct
Since =A[( ) ]A 106. [Ans. B]
= A[( ) ] Characteristic equation I
Put =P
Then A [ ] = A. = A | |
Choice (C) =  is also correct since
⇒ (1 ) (2 )( )
=( )

= I
E ge ve e g is
( I)X
103. [Ans. B]
Let orthogonal matrix be [ ][ ] [ ]
S
P=[ ]
S 2 ⇒
By Property of orthogonal matrix A At
I ⇒
S At ,
So, ⃗ = [ ]
S
⃗ = Eigenvectors = c[ ]{Here c is a constant}
√( S ) ( S )
107. [Ans. D]
⃗ =√ [ ] [ ][ ] ⇒ Options D is correct
⃗ = ̅ for any vector ̅

104. [Ans. C] 108. [Ans. D]


Trace = Sum of Principle diagonal …( )
} () ( ) e e
elements. …( )

105. [Ans. D] So it has multiple solutions.


On writing the equation in the form of
109. [Ans. D]
AX =B
Eigen value

[ ][ ] [ ]
Eigenvectors [ ] [ ]

Let matrix [ ]
Argument matrix C =[ ]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 26


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

[ ][ ] [ ] 114. [Ans. B]
The characteristic equation of A is
[ ][ ] [ ] XI
⇒ f( )
( )( )( )
f( ) cannot have all 3 real roots (if any)
equal
Solving for if f( ) ( ) , then comparing co-
efficient, we get
[ ] [ ]
No such k exists
110. [Ans. B] (a) Thus f( ) has repeated (2) roots
Since there are 2 equations and 3 ( )
variables (unknowns), there will be (b) f( ) has real roots
infinitely many solutions. If if ( e)( ) δ
then ⇒

f ( ) ⇒
For any x and z, there will be a value of y.
Infinitely many solutions

111. [Ans. A]
At , f(x) has relative max
For all real symmetric matrices, the
At , f(x) has relative min
Eigenvalues are real (property), they may
The graph of f(x) will be as below
be either ve or ve and also may be
same. The sum of Eigenvalues necessarily
not be zero.

112. [Ans. C]
[ ]
( l g
ele e f ) ( e e e )
[ ]

The h ve e

113. [Ans. *] Range: 9 to 9


Sum of the diagonals elements is 6 for
2×2 matrix
The possible eigen value are ( e e e )

Maximum possible value of determinant


is

e( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 27


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Note that the graph of f(x) cannot be like 120. [Ans. A]


the one given below The differential equation is
() () ()
S ( ( ) ( ) ( ))
3 real roots not
possible [ ( ) ( )] ( )

( ) ( ) ( )
S ( )
Thus in all possible cares we have ( )
ve h ( ) ( )

f( ) ⇒ ( ) ⇒
√ S ( )
( )
S () e ()
115. [Ans. A]
121. [Ans. D]
116. [Ans. *] Range: 3 to 3
[ ]
[ ]
[ ] [ ][ ]( [ ] [ ])
……… ①
I | |
……… ②

⇒| |

[ ]
( )
⇒( )[ ( ) ] ( )
h
⇒( )( ) ⇒ h
⇒ [( )( ) ]
⇒ [ ]
IN
⇒ ( ) 122. [Ans. B]

A= [ ]=[ ]
117. [Ans. A]
E ge v l e f e Using elementary transformation
E ge v l e f e
[ ]
E ge v l e f e
E ge v l e f I e Hence, rank (A) =1
E ge v l e f I e
Eigen vectors of I be same as A 123. [Ans. B]
Given I
118. [Ans. B] Hence rank (A) = n
Result Hence AX= Y will have unique solution
Rank ( ) ( )
124. [Ans. C]
119. [Ans. D]
By Cayley Hamilton theorem 125. [Ans. C]
Approach 1:
Assume, X [ ] I [ ]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 28


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

A (X I) (X I)
[ ]
⇒ [ ] [ ]

[ ][ ] [ ] [ ]
Now I
⇒| | [ ]

⇒( )( )=0 ( )
⇒ By rank – nullity theorem
Approach 2: Rank [A]+ nullity [A]= no. of columns[A]
Eigenvalues of (X I) is = 1, 1/2 ⇒ Nullity [A]= 3
Eigenvalues of (X+5I) is = 3, 2 ll [ ]
Eigenvalues of (X I) (X+5I) is = ,
131. [Ans. A]
126. [Ans. D]
A=| |
127. [Ans. C] Characteristics equation I
A null matrix can be obtained by | |
multiplying either with one null matrix or
two singular matrices.

128. [Ans. A]
A=[ ] [ ][ ] [ ]
f ⇒
= 0 otherwise.
For matrix j
[ ][ ] [ ]
A=[ ]

For diagonal matrix Eigenvalues are


132. [Ans. C]
diagonal elements itself.
( ) A[ ]=[ ]

129. [Ans. B] | | | |
If AX = X X X
From this result [1, 2, ] is also vector
for ( | |

130. [Ans. B]
Dim of null space [A]= nullity of A. | | e l e h

For given A = [ ]
)
Apply row operations
=Product of eigenvalues
Verify options; Options (C) correct answer

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 29


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

133. [Ans. C]
v e
( )
X e e e l
( )

134. [Ans. *] Range:


If E ge v l e f ‘ ’
Then by property Eigen value of

E Value of ( ‘ ’
constant)
E l e f
E l e f
E Value of
T EO T IX (E l e)
T EO
T EO
T EO

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 30


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Probability and Distribution

ME - 2007 tail. The probability of getting at least one


1. Let X and Y be two independent random head is________
variables. Which one of the relations (A) ⁄ (C) ⁄
between expectation (E), variance (Var) (B) ⁄ (D) ⁄
and covariance (Cov) given below is
FALSE? ME - 2012
(A) E (XY) = E (X) E (Y) 7. A box contains 4 red balls and 6 black
(B) Cov (X, Y) = 0 balls. Three balls are selected randomly
(C) Var (X + Y) = Var (X) + Var (Y) from the box one after another, without
replacement. The probability that the
(D) ( ) ( ( )) ( ( ))
selected set has one red ball and two
black balls is
ME - 2008
(A) 1/20 (C) 3/10
2. A coin is tossed 4 times. What is the
(B) 1/12 (D) 1/2
probability of getting heads exactly 3
times? ME - 2013
(A) ⁄ (C) ⁄ 8. Let X be a normal random variable with
(B) ⁄ (D) ⁄ mean 1 and variance 4. The probability
( ) is
ME - 2009 (A) 0.5
3. The standard deviation of a uniformly (B) Greater than zero and less than 0.5
distributed random variable between 0 (C) Greater than 0.5 and less than 1.0
and 1 is (D) 1.0
(A) √ (C) ⁄√
9. The probability that a student knows the
(B) √ (D) √
correct answer to a multiple choice
4. If three coins are tossed simultaneously, question is . If the student dose not know
the probability of getting at least one head the answer, then the student guesses the
is answer. The probability of the guessed
(A) 1/8 (C) 1/2 answer being correct is . Given that the
(B) 3/8 (D) 7/8
student has answered the questions
correctly, the conditional probability that
ME - 2010
the student knows the correct answer is
5. A box contains 2 washers, 3 nuts and 4
(A) ⁄ (C) ⁄
bolts. Items are drawn from the box at
(B) ⁄ (D) ⁄
random one at a time without
replacement. The probability of drawing ME - 2014
2 washers first followed by 3 nuts and 10. In the following table is a discrete
subsequently the 4 bolts is random variable and P( ) is the
(A) 2/315 (C) 1/1260 probability density. The standard
(B) 1/630 (D) 1/2520 deviation of is
1 2 3
ME - 2011 P( ) 0.3 0.6 0.1
6. An unbiased coin is tossed five times. The (A) 0.18 (C) 0.54
outcome of each toss is either a head or a (B) 0.3 (D) 0.6

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 31


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

11. Box contains 25 parts of which 10 are probability of occurrence of less than 2
defective. Two parts are being drawn accidents in the plant during a randomly
simultaneously in a random manner from selected month is
the box. The probability of both the parts (A) 0.029 (C) 0.039
being good is (B) 0.034 (D) 0.044
( ) ( )
ME - 2015
( ) ( ) 17. Among the four normal distributions with
probability density function as shown
below, which one has the lowest
12. Consider an unbiased cubic dice with variance?
opposite faces coloured identically and IV
each face coloured red, blue or green such
that each colour appears only two times
III
on the dice. If the dice is thrown thrice,
II
the probability of obtaining red colour on
top face of the dice at least twice is _______ I

13. A group consists of equal number of men 0 1 2


and women. Of this group 20% of the men (A) I (C) III
and 50% of the women are unemployed. (B) II (D) IV
If a person is selected at random from this
group, the probability of the selected 18. The probability of obtaining at least two
person being employed is _______ “SI ” in throwing a fair dice times is
(A) 425/432 (C) 13/144
14. A machine produces 0, 1 or 2 defective (B) 19/144 (D) 125/432
pieces in a day with associated
probability of 1/6, 2/3 and 1/6, 19. Three vendors were asked to supply a
respectively. The mean value and the very high precision component. The
variance of the number of defective pieces respective probabilities of their meeting
produced by the machine in a day, the strict design specifications are 0.8, 0.7
respectively, are and 0.5. Each vendor supplies one
(A) 1 and 1/3 (C) 1 and 4/3 component. The probability that out of
(B) 1/3 and 1 (D) 1/3 and 4/3 total three components supplied by the
vendors, at least one will meet the design
15. A nationalized bank has found that the specification is ______.
daily balance available in its savings
accounts follows a normal distribution 20. The chance of a student passing an exam
with a mean of Rs. 500 and a standard is 20%. The chance of a student passing
deviation of Rs. 50. The percentage of the exam and getting above 90% marks in
savings account holders, who maintain an it is 5%, given that a student passes the
average daily balance more than Rs. 500 examination, the probability that the
is _______ student gets above 90% marks is
( ) ⁄ ( ) ⁄
16. The number of accidents occurring in a ( ) ⁄ ( ) ⁄
plant in a month follows Poisson
distribution with mean as 5.2. The

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 32


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

21. If P(X) = 1/4, P(Y) = 1/3, and CE - 2008


( ∩ ) , the value of ( ) is 27. If probability density function of a
( ) ⁄ ( ) ⁄ random variable x is
for , and
( ) ⁄ ( ) ⁄ f( ) {
for an other value of
Then, the percentage probability
ME - 2016
P( ) is
22. Consider a Poisson distribution for the
tossing of a biased coin. The mean for this (A) 0.247 (C) 24.7
distribution is μ. The standard deviation (B) 2.47 (D) 247
for this distribution is given by
(A) √μ (C) μ 28. A person on a trip has a choice between
(B) μ (D) μ private car and public transport. The
probability of using a private car is 0.45.
23. The probability that a screw While using the public transport, further
manufactured by a company is defective choices available are bus and metro out of
is 0.1. The company sells screws in which the probability of commuting by a
packets containing 5 screws and gives a bus is 0.55. In such a situation, the
guarantee of replacement if one or more probability, (rounded upto two decimals)
screws in the packet are found to be of using a car, bus and metro, respectively
defective. The probability that a packet would be
would have to be replaced is _________ (A) 0.45, 0.30 and 0.25
(B) 0.45, 0.25 and 0.30
24. The area (in percentage) under standard (C) 0.45, 0.55 and 0.00
normal distribution curve of random (D) 0.45, 0.35 and 0.20
variable Z within limits from to is
__________ CE - 2009
29. The standard normal probability function
25. Three cards were drawn from a pack of can be approximated as
52 cards. The probability that they are a ( ) ,
king, a queen, and a jack is e ( . | | . )
Where = standard normal deviate. If
( ) ( ) mean and standard deviation of annual
precipitation are 102 cm and 27 cm
( ) ( )
respectively, the probability that the
annual precipitation will be between
CE - 2007 90 cm and 102 cm is
26. If the standard deviation of the spot speed (A) 66.7% (C) 33.3%
of vehicles in a highway is 8.8 kmph and (B) 50.0% (D) 16.7%
the mean speed of the vehicles is
33 kmph, the coefficient of variation in CE - 2010
speed is 30. Two coins are simultaneously tossed. The
(A) 0.1517 (C) 0.2666 probability of two heads simultaneously
(B) 0.1867 (D) 0.3646 appearing is
(A) 1/8 (C) 1/4
(B) 1/6 (D) 1/2

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 33


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

CE - 2011 36. A traffic office imposes on an average 5


31. There are two containers with one number of penalties daily on traffic
containing 4 red and 3 green balls and the violators. Assume that the number of
other containing 3 blue and 4 green balls. penalties on different days is independent
One ball is drawn at random from each and follows a poisson distribution. The
container. The probability that one of the probability that there will be less than 4
balls is red and the other is blue will be penalties in a day is ____.
(A) 1/7 (C) 12/49
(B) 9/49 (D) 3/7 37. A fair (unbiased) coin was tossed four
times in succession and resulted in the
CE - 2012 following outcomes:
32. The annual precipitation data of a city is (i) Head (iii) Head
normally distributed with mean and (ii) Head (iv) Head
standard deviation as 1000mm and The robabilit of obtaining a ‘Tail’ when
200 mm, respectively. The probability the coin is tossed again is
that the annual precipitation will be more (A) 0 (C) ⁄
than 1200 mm is (B) ⁄ (D) ⁄
(A) < 50 % (C) 75 %
(B) 50 % (D) 100 % 38. An observer counts 240 veh/h at a
specific highway location. Assume that
33. In an experiment, positive and negative the vehicle arrival at the location is
values are equally likely to occur. The Poisson distributed, the probability of
probability of obtaining at most one having one vehicle arriving over a
negative value in five trials is 30-second time interval is ____________
(A) (C)
CE - 2015
(B) (D)
39. Consider the following probability mass
function (p.m.f.) of a random variable X.
CE - 2013 if
34. Find the value of such that the function ( , ) { if If q = 0.4, the
f( ) is a valid probability density function otherwise
____________________ variance of X is __________
f( ) ( )( ) for
otherwise 40. The probability density function of a
random variable, x is
CE - 2014
f( ) ( ) for
35. The probability density function of
evaporation E on any day during a year in = 0 otherwise
a watershed is given by The mean, μ of the random variable is
_________.
f( ) { mm da
otherwise CE - 2016
The probability that E lies in between 2 41. Type II error in hypothesis testing is
and 4 mm/day in a day in the watershed (A) Acceptance of the null hypothesis
is (in decimal) ______ when it is false and should be
rejected

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 34


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

(B) Rejection of the null hypothesis when CS - 2007


it is true and should be accepted Statement for Linked Answer Q.No. 45 & 46
(C) Rejection of the null hypothesis when Solve the problems and choose the correct
it is false and should be rejected answers.
(D) Acceptance of the null hypothesis Suppose that robot is placed on the
when it is true and should be Cartesian plane. At each step it is easy to
accepted move either one unit up or one unit right,
i.e if it is at (i,j) then it can move to either
42. Probability density function of a random (i+1,j) or (i,j+1)
variable X is given below 45. How many distinct paths are there for the
. if robot to reach the point (10,10) starting
f( ) {
otherwise
from the initial position (0,0)?
( )is
(A) (C) 210
(A) 3/4 (C) 1/4
(B) 220 (D) None of these
(B) 1/2 (D) 1/8

43. X and Y are two random independent 46. Suppose that the robot is not allowed to
events. It is known that P(X ) = 0.40 and traverse the line segment from (4,4) to
( ∪ )= 0.7. Which one of the (5,4). With this constraint, how many
following is the value of ( ∪ ) ? distinct paths are there for the robot to
(A) 0.7 (C) 0.4 reach (10,10) starting from (0,0)?
(B) 0.5 (D) 0.3 (A) 29
(B) 219
44. If f (x) and g(x) are two probability (C) ( ) . ( )
density functions,
(D) ( ) ( ).( )
a
a
f( )
a 47. Suppose we uniformly and randomly
a
{ otherwise select a permutation from the 20!
ermutations of , , ………….., . What is
a
a the probability that 2 appears at an
g( ) earlier position than any other even
a
a
otherwise number in the selected permutation?
{
Which one of the following statements is (A) ⁄ (C) ⁄
true? (B) ⁄ (D) None of these
(A) ean of f( )and g( )are same
ariance of f( ) and g( ) are same CS - 2008
(B) ean of f( )and g( )are same 48. Let X be a random variable following
ariance of f( ) and g( ) are different normal distribution with mean +1 and
(C) ean of f( )and g( )are different variance 4. Let Y be another normal
ariance of f( ) and g( ) are same variable with mean of 1 and variance
(D) ean of f( )and g( )are different unknown. If ( ) ( ≥ ) the
ariance of f( ) and g( ) are different standard deviation of Y is
(A) 3 (C) √
(B) 2 (D) 1

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 35


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

49. Aishwarya studies either computer 53. If the difference between the expectation
science or mathematics every day. If she of the square if a random variable ( [ ])
studies computer science on a day, then and the square if the exopectation of the
the probability that she studies random variable ( [ ]) is denoted by R,
mathematics the next day is 0.6. If she then
studies mathematics on a day, then the (A) R = 0 (C) R≥
probability that she studies computer (B) R< 0 (D) R > 0
science the next day is 0.4. Given that
Aishwarya studies computer science on CS - 2011
Monday, what is the probability that she 54. A deck of 5 cards (each carrying a distinct
studies computer science on Wednesday? number from 1 to 5) is shuffled
(A) 0.24 (C) 0.4 thoroughly. Two cards are then removed
(B) 0.36 (D) 0.6 one at a time from the deck. What is the
probability that the two cards are
CS - 2009 selected with the number on the first card
50. An unbalanced dice (with 6 faces, being one higher than the number on the
numbered from 1 to 6) is thrown. The second card?
probability that the face value is odd is (A) ⁄ (C) ⁄
90% of the probability that the face value (B) ⁄ (D) ⁄
is even. The probability of getting any
even numbered face is the same. If the 55. Consider a finite sequence of random
probability that the face is even given that values X = [x1, x2, ….., n].Let be the
it is greater than 3 is 0.75, which one of mean and σx be the standard deviation of
the following options is closest to the X. Let another finite sequence Y of equal
probability that the face value exceeds 3? length be derived from this as yi, a*xi+b,
(A) 0.453 (C) 0.485 where a and b are positive constants. Let
(B) 0.468 (D) 0.492 μy be the mean and σy be the standard
deviation of this sequence. Which one of
CS - 2010 the following statements is INCORRECT?
51. Consider a company that assembles (A) Index position of mode of X in X is
computers. The probability of a faulty the same as the index position of
assembly of any computer is p. The mode of Y in Y.
company therefore subjects each (B) Index position of median of X in X is
computer to a testing process. This the same as the index position of
testing process gives the correct result for median of Y in Y.
any computer with a probability of q. (C) μy aμx + b
What is the probability of a computer (D) σy aσx + b
being declared faulty?
(A) pq+(1 – p)(1 – q) 56. If two fair coins flipped and at least one of
(B) (1 – q)p the outcomes is known to be a head, what
(C) (1 – p)q is the probability that both outcomes are
(D) pq heads?
(A) 1/3 (C) 1/4
52. What is the probability that a divisor of (B) 1/2 (D) 2/3
is a multiple of ?
(A) 1/625 (C) 12/625
(B) 4/625 (D) 16/625

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 36


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

CS - 2012 inspected are working. Let the


57. Suppose a fair six – sided die is rolled probability that the system is deemed
once. If the value on the die is 1,2, or 3 the functional be denoted by p. Then 100p =
die is rolled a second time. What is the _____________.
probability that the some total of value
that turn up is at least 6? 63. Each of the nine words in the sentence
(A) 10/21 (C) 2/3 “The uick brown fo jum s over the laz
(B) 5/12 (D) 1/6 dog” is written on a separate piece of
paper. These nine pieces of paper are kept
58. Consider a random variable X that takes in a box. One of the pieces is drawn at
values +1 and 1 with probability 0.5 random from the box. The expected
each. The values of the cumulative length of the word drawn is _____________.
distribution function F(x) at x = and (The answer should be rounded to one
+1 are decimal place.)
(A) 0 and 0.5 (C) 0.5 and 1
(B) 0 and 1 (D) 0.25 and 0.75 64. The probability that a given positive
integer lying between 1 and 100 (both
CS - 2013 inclusive) is NOT divisible by 2, 3 or 5 is
59. Suppose p is the number of cars per __________.
minute passing through a certain road
junction between 5 PM and 6 PM, and p 65. Let S be a sample space and two mutually
has a Poisson distribution with mean 3. exclusive events A and B be such that
What is the probability of observing ∪ S. If (.) denotes the robabilit
fewer than 3 cars during any given of the event, the maximum value of
minute in this interval? P(A) P(B) is _______
(A) ⁄ e (C) ⁄ e
(B) ⁄ e (D) ⁄ e CS - 2015
66. In a room there are only two types of
CS - 2014 people, namely Type 1 and Type 2. Type 1
60. Suppose you break a stick of unit length people always tell the truth and Type 2
at a point chosen uniformly at random. people always lie, you give a fair coin to a
Then the expected length of the shorter person in that room, without knowing
stick is ________ . which type he is from and tell him to toss
it and hide the result from you till you ask
61. Four fair six – sided dice are rolled. The for it. Upon asking, the person replies the
probability that the sum of the results following
being 22 is x/1296. The value of x is “The result of the toss is head if and onl
____________ if I am telling the truth”
Which of the following options is correct?
62. The security system at an IT office is (A) The result is head
composed of 10 computers of which (B) The result is tail
exactly four are working. To check (C) If the person is of Type 2, then the
whether the system is functional, the result is tail
officials inspect four of the computers (D) If the person is of Type 1, then the
picked at random (without replacement). result is tail
The system is deemed functional if at
least three of the four computers
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 37
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

CS - 2016 ECE - 2008


67. A probability density function on the 72. The probability density function (PDF) of
internal [a, 1] is given by and outside a random variable X is as shown below.
this interval the value of the function is PDF
1 PDF
zero. The value of a is_________.

68. Consider the following experiment.


Step 1. Flip a fair coin twice.
1 0 x
Step 2. If the outcomes are (TAILS,
The -1
corresponding 11
cumulative
HEADS) then outputs Y and stop. 0
Step 3. If the outcomes are either (HEADS, distribution function (CDF) has the form
HEADS) or (HEADS, TAILS), then outputs
N and stop. CDF
(A)
Step 4. If the outcomes are (TAILS, TAILS), 1
then go to step 1.
The probability that the output of the x
experiment is Y is (up to two decimal
places)__________.
1 0 1 x
69. Suppose that a shop has an equal number
of LED bulbs of two different types. The CD F
(B) 1 C
probability of an LED bulb lasting more D
F
than 100 hours given that it is of Type 1 is 1
0.7 and given that it is of Type 2 is 0.4.
The probability that an LED bulb chosen
uniformly at random lasts more than 100
hours is __________ 1 0
1 x
-1
ECE - 2007 0 CDF 1
70. If E denotes expectation, the variance of a (C) 1 0

random variable X is given by


(A) E[X2] E2[X] (C) E[X2]
(B) E[X ] + E [X]
2 2 (D) E2[X]

71. An examination consists of two papers,


1 x
Paper1 and Paper2. The probability of 0
failing in Paper1 is 0.3 and that in Paper2 1
is 0.2.Given that a student has failed in
Paper2, the probability of failing in (D) CDF
paper1 is 0.6. The probability of a student 1
1
failing in both the papers is
(A) 0.5 (C) 0.12
1 0 1 x
(B) 0.18 (D) 0.06
0 1
1

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 38


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

73. ( ) e ( | |) e ( | |) is the ECE - 2010


probability density function for the real 77. A fair coin is tossed independently four
random variable X, over the entire x axis. M times. The robabilit of the event “the
and N are both positive real numbers. The number of times heads show up is more
equation relating M and N is than the number of times tails show u ” is
(A) 1 (C) M + N = 1 (A) ⁄ (C) ⁄
(B) ⁄ (D) ⁄
(B) 2M N=1 (D) M + N = 3

ECE - 2009 ECE - 2011


74. Consider two independent random 78. A fair dice is tossed two times. The
variables X and Y with identical probability that the second toss results in
distributions. The variables X and Y take a value that is higher than the first toss is
value 0, 1 and 2 with probabilities (A) 2/36 (C) 5/12
, , and and respectively. What is the (B) 2/6 (D) 1/2

conditional probability
ECE\EE\IN - 2012
( | | )?
79. A fair coin is tossed till a head appears for
(A) 0 (C) ⁄
the first time probability that the number
(B) ⁄ (D) 1
of required tosses is odd , is
75. A fair coin is tossed 10 times. What is the (A) 1/3 (C) 2/3
probability that ONLY the first two tosses (B) 1/2 (D) 3/4
will yield heads?
2 10 ECE - 2013
1 1
(A)   (C)   80. Let U and V be two independent zero
2 2
2 10
mean Gaussian random variables of
10 1 10 1 variances ⁄ and ⁄ respectively. The
(B) C2   (D) C2  
2 2 probability ( ≥ ) is
(A) 4/9 (C) 2/3
76. A discrete random variable X takes values
(B) 1/2 (D) 5/9
from 1 to 5 with probabilities as shown in
the table. A student calculates the mean of
81. Consider two identically distributed zero-
X as 3.5 and her teacher calculates the
mean random variables U and V . Let the
variance of X as 1.5. Which of the
cumulative distribution functions of U
following statements is true?
and 2V be F(x) and G(x) respectively.
k P(X=k)
Then, for all values of x
1 0.1
2 0.2 (A) ( ( ) ( ))
3 0.4 (B) ( ( ) ( )) ≥
4 0.2 (C) ( ( ) ( )).
5 0.1
(D) ( ( ) ( )). ≥
(A) Both the student and the teacher are
right
ECE - 2014
(B) Both the student and the teacher are
82. In a housing society, half of the families
wrong
have a single child per family, while the
(C) The student is wrong but the teacher is
remaining half have two children per
right
family. The probability that a child picked
(D) The student is right but the teacher is
at random, has a sibling is _____
wrong
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 39
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

83. Let , and , be independent and 91. Let ( , } and , } be two


identically distributed random variables independent binary random variables. If
with the uniform distribution on [0, 1]. P(X = 0) = p and P(Y = 0) = q. then
The probability P{ is the largest} is _____ P(X + Y ≥ 1) is equal to
(A) ( )( )
84. Let X be a random variable which is (B)
uniformly chosen from the set of positive (C) ( )
odd numbers less than 100. The (D)
expectation, E[X], is __________.
92. Let the random variable X represent the
85. An unbiased coin is tossed an infinite number of times a fair coin needs to be
number of times. The probability that the tossed till two consecutive heads appear
fourth head appears at the tenth toss is for the first time. The expectation of X is
(A) 0.067 (C) 0.082 _________
(B) 0.073 (D) 0.091
93. A fair dice with faces {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} is
86. A fair coin is tossed repeatedly till both thrown re eatedl till ‘ ’ is observed for
head and tail appear at least once. The the first time. Let X denote the number of
average number of tosses required is ____. times the dice is thrown. The expected
value of X is_____.
87. Let , and be independent and
identically distributed random variables
94. The variance of the random variable X
with the uniform distribution on [0, 1].
with probability density function
The probability P{ } is ______. | |
f( ) | |e is _________.
88. Let X be a zero mean unit variance
Gaussian random variable. [| |] is equal ECE - 2016
to __________ 95. The second moment of a Poisson-
distributed random variable is 2. The
89. Parcels from sender S to receiver R pass mean of the random variable is _______
sequentially through two post-offices.
Each post-office has a probability of 96. Consider the plot of f(x)versus x as shown
below.
losing an incoming parcel, independently
f( )
of all other parcels. Given that a parcel is
lost, the probability that it was lost by the
second post-office is ____________.

ECE - 2015
90. Suppose A and B are two independent Su ose ( ) ∫ f( )d .
events with robabilities ( ) ≠ and
̅ Which one of the following is a gra h of ( )?
( ) ≠ . Let and ̅ be their
( ) ( )
complements. Which one of the following
statements is FALSE?
(A) ( ∩ ) ( ) ( )
(B) P(A/B) = P(A)
(C) ( ∪ ) = P(A) + P(B)
(D) P(̅ ∩̅) = P(̅ )P(̅)

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 40


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

( ) f( ) EE - 2008
100. X is a uniformly distributed random
variable that takes values between 0 and
1. The value of E{ } will be
(A) 0 (C) 1/4
( ) f( ) (B) 1/8 (D) 1/2

EE - 2009
101. Assume for simplicity that N people, all
born in April (a month of 30 days), are
collected in a room. Consider the event of
( ) f( ) atleast two people in the room being born
on the same date of the month, even if in
different years, e.g. 1980 and 1985. What
is the smallest N so that the probability of
this event exceeds 0.5?
97. Two random variables and are (A) 20 (C) 15
distributed according to (B) 7 (D) 16
( ) ,
f , ( , ) { EE - 2010
otherwise
The probability ( ) is ________ 102. A box contains 4 white balls and 3 red
balls. In succession, two balls are
98. The robabilit of getting a “head” in a randomly selected and removed from the
single toss of a biased coin is 0.3. The coin box. Given that the first removed ball is
is tossed re eatedl till a “head” is white, the probability that the second
obtained. If the tosses are independent, removed ball is red is
then the robabilit of getting “head” for (A) 1/3 (C) 1/2
the first time in the fifth toss is __________ (B) 3/7 (D) 4/7

EE - 2007 ECE\EE\IN - 2012


99. A loaded dice has following probability 103. Two independent random variables X and
distribution of occurrences Y are uniformly distributed in the interval
Dice Value Probability [ , ]. The probability that max [ , ] is
1 ⁄ less than 1/2 is
2 ⁄ (A) 3/4 (C) 1/4
3 ⁄ (B) 9/16 (D) 2/3

4 ⁄
EE - 2013
5 ⁄
104. A continuous random variable x has a
6 ⁄ probability density function
If three identical dice as the above are f( ) e , . Then } is
thrown, the probability of occurrence of (A) 0.368 (C) 0.632
values, 1, 5 and 6 on the three dice is (B) 0.5 (D) 1.0
(A) same as that of occurrence of 3, 4, 5
(B) same as that of occurrence of 1, 2, 5
(C) 1/128
(D) 5/8

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 41


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

EE - 2014 111. Two players, A and B, alternately keep


105. A fair coin is tossed n times. The rolling a fair dice. The person to get a six
probability that the difference between first wins the game. Given that player A
the number of heads and tails is (n – 3) is starts the game, the probability that A
(A) (C) wins the game is
(B) (D) (A) 5/11 (C) 7/3
(B) 1/2 (D) 6/11
106. Consider a dice with the property that the
probability of a face with n dots showing 112. Two coins R and S are tossed. The 4 joint
up is proportional to n. The probability of events ,T T , T ,T ,
the face with three dots showing up is have probabilities 0.28, 0.18, 0.30, 0.24
_______________ respectively, where H represents head
and T represents tail. Which one of the
107. Let x be a random variable with following is TRUE?
probability density function (A) The coin tosses are independent
. , for | | (B) R is fair, S in not
f( ) { . , for | | (C) S is fair, R is not
, otherwise
(D) The coin tosses are dependent
The probability P(0.5 < x < 5) is_________

EE - 2016
108. Lifetime of an electric bulb is a random
113. Candidates were asked to come to an
variable with density f( ) k , where x
interview with 3 pens each. Black, blue,
is measured in years. If the minimum and
green and red were the permitted pen
maximum lifetimes of bulb are 1 and 2
colours that the candidate could bring.
years respectively, then the value of k
The probability that a candidate comes
is__________
with all 3 pens having the same colour is
__________.
109. The mean thickness and variance of
silicon steel laminations are 0.2 mm and
114. Let S ∑ n where | | . The
0.02 respectively. The varnish insulation
value of in the range 0 < < 1, such
is applied on both the sides of the
that S = 2 is_________.
laminations. The mean thickness of one
side insulation and its variance are
115. Let the probability density function of a
0.1 mm and 0.01 respectively. If the
random variable, X, be given as:
transformer core is made using 100 such
varnish coated laminations, the mean f ( ) e u( ) ae u( )
thickness and variance of the core where u(x) is the unit step function.
respectively are Then the value of ‘a’ and rob },
(A) 30 mm and 0.22 (C) 40 mm and 2.44 respectively, are
(B) 30 mm and 2.44 (D) 40 mm and 0.24
( ) , ( ) ,
EE - 2015
110. A random variable X has probability ( ) , ( ) ,
density function f(x) as given below
a b for
f( ) {
othrewise
If the expected value E[X] = 2/3, then Pr
[X < 0.5] is _________.

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 42


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

IN - 2007 IN - 2011
116. Assume that the duration in minutes of a 121. The box 1 contains chips numbered 3, 6,
telephone conversation follows the 9, 12 and 15. The box 2 contains chips
exponential distribution f(x) = e ,x≥ . numbered 6, 11, 16, 21 and 26. Two chips,
one from each box, are drawn at random.
The probability that the conversation will
The numbers written on these chips are
exceed five minutes is
multiplied. The probability for the
(A) e (C) product to be an even number is
(B) e
(D) e (A) ⁄ (C) ⁄
(B) ⁄ (D) ⁄
IN - 2008
117. Consider a Gaussian distributed random IN - 2013
variable with zero mean and standard 122. A continuous random variable X has
deviation . The value of its cummulative probability density f(x) = , .
distribution function at the origin will be Then P(X > 1) is
(A) 0 (C) 1 (A) 0.368 (C) 0.632
(B) 0.5 (D) σ (B) 0.5 (D) 1.0

IN - 2014
118. A random variable is uniformly
123. Given that x is a random variable in the
distributed over the interval 2 to 10. Its
range [ , ] with a robabilit densit
variance will be
(A) ⁄ (C) ⁄ function , the value of the constant k is
(B) 6 (D) 36 _______

IN - 2009 124. The figure shows the schematic of


119. A screening test is carried out to detect a production process with machines A,B
certain disease. It is found that 12% of the and C. An input job needs to be pre-
positive reports and 15% of the negative processed either by A or by B before it is
reports are incorrect. Assuming that the fed to C, from which the final finished
probability of a person getting a positive product comes out. The probabilities of
report is 0.01, the probability that a failure of the machines are given as:
person tested gets an incorrect report is
In ut job inished
(A) 0.0027 (C) 0.1497 roduct

(B) 0.0173 (D) 0.2100


Assuming independence of failures of the
IN - 2010 machines, the probability that a given job
120. The diameters of 10000 ball bearings is successfully processed (up to third
were measured. The mean diameter and decimal place)is ______________
standard deviation were found to be
10 mm and 0.05mm respectively. IN - 2015
Assuming Gaussian distribution of 125. The probability that a thermistor
measurements, it can be expected that the randomly picked up from a production
number of measurement more than 10.15 unit is defective is 0.1. The probability
mm will be that out of 10 thermistors randomly
(A) 230 (C) 15 picked up, 3 are defective is
(B) 115 (D) 2 (A) 0.001 (C) 0.107
(B) 0.057 (D) 0.3

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 43


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

126. The probability density function of a along with another ball of the same
random variable X is ( ) e for ≥ colour. The probability of getting a red
and 0 otherwise. The expected value of ball in the next draw is
the function g ( ) e ⁄ is ________
( ) ( )

IN - 2016 ( ) ( )
127. An urn contains 5 red and 7 green balls. A
ball is drawn at random and its colour is
noted. The ball is placed back into the urn

Answer Keys and Explanations

ME b
b 
2

1. [Ans. D]   x2F(x)   xF(x)


x a  x a 
X and Y are independent
Put the value of F(x), we get
∴ ( ), ( ), ( ) are true
2
Only (D) is odd one 1
b
b 1 
Variance   x dx   x.
2
dx 
x a ba  x a b  a 
2. [Ans. A] b 2
 x3   x 2 
Number of favourable cases are given by    
HHHT  3(b  a)  a  2 b  a  
HHTH b3  a3 (b2  a2 )2
 
HTHH 3(b  a) 4  b  a 2
THHH
Total number of cases (b  a)(b2  ab  a2 ) (b  a)2(b  a)2
 
3(b  a) 4 b  a 
2
= 2C1 2C1 2C1 2C1 =16
∴ Probability = 4b2  4ab  4a2  3a2  3b2  6ab

12
3. [Ans. A] b2  a2  2ab

A uniform distribution and density 12
function (b  a)2

0,x  a 12
x x  a
f(x)   f  x dx   , axb Standard deviation = √variance
0 b  a (b  a)2

0, xb 
12
Density function
(b  a)
 1 
 a,x  b 12
f(x)   b  a
 a  x,x  b Given: b=1, a=0
 0 10 1
b
ab  Standard deviation = 
 Mean E(x)=  x(F(x))  12 12
x a 2
 Variance = F(x)2  f(x)
2
4. [Ans. D]
Let probability of getting atleast one head
= P(H) then

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 44


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

P (at least one head) = 1 P(no head) 8. [Ans. C]


 P(H)=1 P(all tails)
But in all cases, 23=8
1 7
 P (H) = 1  
8 8
Alternately X=0
X=1
Probability of getting at least one head
Below , ( ) is .
( ) ( ) ( ) has to be less than 0.5 but
greater than zero
1 7
1  
8 8 9. [Ans. D]
Alternately A event that he knows the correct
From Binomial theorem answer
Probability of getting at least one head B event that student answered
correctly the question P(B) = ?

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ∩ )
3
1 7 ⏟ ⏟
 (3  3  1)  
 2 8
( ) he knows e does not know
correct answer correct answer
5. [Ans. C] so he guesses
Probability of drawing 2 washers, first
followed by 3 nuts, and subsequently the
4 bolts ( ∩ ) ( ) ( ⁄ )
( ∩ ) ⁄
( ⁄ )
( ) ⁄

6. [Ans. D]
Required probability = ( ) ( ) 10. [Ans. D]
x 1 2 3
P(x) 0.3 0.6 0.1
( ) ( )
7. [Ans. D] . . .
Given 4R and 6B ( ) .
[ ∩ ] ( ) . . .
.
σ ( ) ( ) [ ( )]
( ) ( ( ))
( . ) ( . )
σ √ . .

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 45


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

11. [Ans. A] 15. [Ans. *] Range 49 to 51

12. [Ans. *] Range 0.25 to 0.27


ormal distribution
Given that μ ,σ
μ
z
σ
Using Binomial distribution
ere μ [as greater than ]
( ≥ ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) z
ence robabilit (z )
.
∫ e dz .
σ. √
13. [Ans. *] Range 0.64 to 0.66 ∴ of saving account holder
Let number of men = 100
Number of women = 100 16. [Ans. B]
No. of employed men = 80% of men = 80 Mean m = np = 5.2
me m
No. of employed women ( ) e
= 50% of women = 50 e
.
Probability if the selected one person .
.
e
being employed ( ) .
= probability of one employed women
+probability of one employed man 17. [Ans. D]
. We have probability distribution function
of normal distribution
( )
14. [Ans. A] f( ) e ……….( )
σ√
ariance σ is lowest
σ also lowest
If σ decreses
f( )increase ( from ( ))
urve will have highest eak

18. [Ans. B]
So from figure
n
Mean value = 1
ariance μ mean , defective ieces
( μ)
σ ( ≥ ) ( )
n(n )
( ) ( ) ( ) [ ( ) ( )]
( ) [ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ]

( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 46


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

19. [Ans. *] Range: 0.96 to 0.98 25. [Ans. A]


Probability (at least one will meet Total ways in which three cards can be
specification)=1 probability (none will drawn c
meet specification) Number of ways in which a King, a queen
( . ) ( . ) ( . ) and a jack can be drawn
. . .
. . The re uired robabilit is
20. [Ans. B]
Let A Student asses the e am
Student gets above marks
iven ( ) ( ∩ )
e uired robabilit is ( ⁄ )
( ∩ ) CE
( ) 26. [Ans. C]
σ .
.
21. [Ans. C] μ
( ∩ )
( ⁄ ) 27. [Ans. B]
( )
Given f(x) = for
= 0 else where
22. [Ans. A]
As we know that, for the poisson
distribution, mean variance μ ( ) ∫ f( )d ∫ d
And also, we know that, Standard
deviation √variance
Standard deviation √μ [ ]

23. [Ans. *] Range: 0.39 to 0.43 The probability expressed in percentage


We require ( ≥ ) ( )
( . ) ( . ) . .
= 2.469% = 2.47%
24. [Ans. *] Range: 99.6 to 100
A standard normal curve (as shown in
28. [Ans. A]
figure) has 68% area in limits to ,
Given
95% area is limits to and 99.7%
P(private car) = 0.45
area is limits to
P(bus 1 public transport) = 0.55
Since a person has a choice between
private car and public transport
P(public transport) = 1 – P(private car)
= 1 – 0.45 =0.55
P(bus) = P(bus ∩ public transport)
(bus ublic trans ort)
( ublic trans ort)
= 0.55 × 0.55
= 0.3025 ≃ 0.30
. of the data are within 3 Now P(metro)
standard deviations of the mean = 1 [P(private car) + P(bus)]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 47


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

= 1 (0.45 + 0.30) = 0.25 34. [Ans. 6]


∴ P(private car) = 0.45 ∫ f( )d
P(bus) = 0.30 ( )
f( ) {
and P(metro) = 0.25 otherwise
∴∫ ( )d
29. [Ans. D]
ere μ cm σ cm [ ]
( x 102)
=P( ) [ ( ) ( ) ( )]
=P( . x )
[ ]
This area is shown below:
[ ]

-0.44
The shades area in above figure is given
by F(0) –F ( 0.44)
=
( ) ( . ( . )( . ) . ) 35. [Ans. 0.4]
= 0.5 – 0.3345
= 1.1655 ≃ 16.55% ( ) ∫ f( )d ∫ d
Closest answer is 16.7%
( )| ( )
30. [Ans. C]
P(2 heads) = .

36. [Ans. *] Range 0.26 to 0.27


31. [Ans. C]
Avg= 5
P(one ball is Red & another is blue)
Let x denote penalty
= P(first is Red and second is Blue)
( ) ( ) ( )
= ( ) ( )
e
32. [Ans. A] ew ( n)
Given μ = 1000, σ = 200 e e e e
( )
We know that
When X= 1200, e [ . ]
Req. Prob = P ( ) .
( )
. ( ) . 37. [Ans. B]
Less than 50% S , T}
n( )
( )
33. [Ans. D] n(S)
( ) ( ) ( )
38. [Ans. *] Range 0.25 to 0.28
( ) ( )
e ( t)
(n, t)
n
no. of vehicles veh km

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 48


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

42. [Ans. A]
e ( )
( , ) . if
f( ) {
otherwise
= 2.e
= 0.2707 ( ) ∫ f( )d( )

39. [Ans. *] Range: 0.24 to 0.24


( , ) if ∫ f( )d( ) ∫ f( )d( )
if
otherwise
Given, q = 0.4 ∫ d ( )
( , ) . if
. if
43. [Ans. A]
otherwise
( ∪ ) . ( ) .
X 0 1
( ∪ ) ( ) ( ) ( ∩ )
( ) 0.4 0.6
( ) ( ) ( ). ( )
e uired value ( ) ( ) ( )}
( ) ( ) ( )[ ( )] .
( ) . . .
( ) ( ) ( ) .
( ) . .
. ( )[ ( )]
.
. ( )[ . ]
( ) . ( . )
( ) .
. . . ( ∪ ) ( ) ( ) ( ∩ )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
40. [Ans. *] Range: 1.0667 to 1.0667
. . .
f( ) ( ) .
ean μ ( )
44. [Ans. B]
∫ f( )d
(f( )) ∫ f ( )d

∫ ( )( )d
∫( )d ∫( )d
a a

∫( )d a
(f( ))
(g( )) ( ) ( ( ))
[ ]
( ) ∫ d ∫ d
a a
[ ]

[ ] ( ) ( )
a a
a a
[ ] . ( ) ( )

a a
41. [Ans. A]
a
(g( ))

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 49


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

CS  8   11 
45. [Ans. A]
8C
4 =    
11C
5
 4 5 
Consider the following diagram
No. of ways robot can move from (0,0) to
(3,3)
(10,10) without using (4,4) to (5,4) move
is
 20   8   11 
       ways
(0,0)  10   4   5 
The robot can move only right or up as which is choice (D)
defined in problem. Let us denote right
move b ‘ ’ and u move b ‘ ’. ow to 47. [Ans. D]
reach (3, 3), from (0,0) , the robot has to umber of ermutations with ‘ ’ in the
make e actl ‘ ’ moves and ‘ ’ moves first position =19!
in any order. Number of permutations with ‘ ’ in the
Similarly to reach (10, 10) from (0,0) the second position = 10 18!
robot has to make ‘ ’ moves and ‘ ’ (Fill the first space with any of the 10 odd
moves in any order. The number of ways numbers and the 18 spaces after the 2
this can be done is same as number of with 18 of the remaining numbers in 18!
permutations of a word consisting of 10 ways)
‘ ’ s and ’ ’s. umber of ermutations with ‘ ’ in rd
Applying formula of permutation with position =10 9 17!
limited repetitions we get the answer (Fill the first 2 place with 2 of the 10 odd
as numbers and then the remaining 17
places with remaining 17 numbers)
and so on until ‘ ’ is in th place. After
46. [Ans. D] that it is not possible to satisfy the given
The robot can reach (4,4) from (0,0) in condition, since there are only 10 odd
8C4 ways as argued in previous problem. numbers available to fill before the ‘ ’.
Now after reaching (4,4) robot is not So the desired number of permutations
allowed to go to (5,4) which satisfies the given condition is
Let us count how many paths are there
from (0,0) to (10,10) if robot goes from ….
(4,4) to (5,4) and then we can subtract Now the probability of this happening is
this from total number of ways to get the given by =
( …. )
answer.
Now there are 8C4 ways for robot to reach Which are clearly not choices (A), (B) or (C)
(4,4) from (0,0) and then robot takes the
‘ ’ move from (4,4) to (5,4). Now from 48. [Ans. A]
(5,4) to (10,10) the robot has to make 5 Given μ = 1, σ = 4 σ =2
‘ ’ moves and ‘ ’ moves in an order and μ = 1, σ is unknown
which can be done in 11! ways Given, P(X ) = P (Y ≥ 2 )
= 11C5 ways Converting into standard normal variates,
Therefore, the number of ways robot can
(z ) = P (z ≥ )
move from (0,0) (10,10) via (4,4) – (5,4)
move is (z ) = P (z ≥
( )
)

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 50


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

declared fault
(z ) = P (z ≥ ) _____(i)
fault
Now since we know that in standard
declared not fault
normal distribution declared fault
P (z ) = P (z ≥ 1) _____(ii) not
fault
Comparing (i) and (ii) we can say that
=1 σ =3 declared not fault

From above tree


(declared fault ) ( )( )
49. [Ans. C]
Let C denote computes science study and
M denotes maths study. 52. [Ans. A]
P(C on Monday and C on Wednesday) If a b c … ..
= P(C on Monday, M on Tuesday and C on Then, no. of divisors of
( )( )(z )…
Wednesday)
+ P(C on Monday, C on Tuesday and C on iven,
Wednesday) ∴ o. of ivisors of
( )( )
=1 0.6 0.4+ 1 0.4 0.4
= 0.24 + 0.16 = 0.40 ( )( )
,
50. [Ans. B] No. of divisors of which are multiples
It is given that of
P (odd) = 0.9 P (even) o. of divisors of
Now since 𝜮P(x) = 1 ( )( )
∴ P (odd) + P (even) = 1
0.9 P (even) + P (even) = 1 ∴ e uired robabilit
,
P(even) = .
= 0.5263
Now, it is given that P(any even face) is same 53. [Ans. C]
i.e. P(2) = P(4) = P(6) ( ) ( ) [ ( )]
Now since, Where V(x) is the variance of x,
P(even) = P(2) or P(4) or P(6) Since variance is σ and hence never
= P(2) + P(4) + P(6) negative, ≥
∴ P(2) = P(4) = P(6) = P(even) 54. [Ans. A]
= (0.5263) The five cards are , , , , }
Sample space ordered pairs
= 0.1754
P (1 card = 2 card + 1)
st nd
It is given that
( , , )( , )( , )( , )}
P(even | face > 3) = 0.75
( ∩ )
( )
= 0.75
( , )
= 0.75
( ) 55. [Ans. D]
( ) ( ) .
P(face ) = =0.468 𝛔y = a 𝛔x is the correct expression
. .
Since variance of constant is zero.
51. [Ans. A]
The tree diagram of probabilities is 56. [Ans. A]
shown below Let A be the event of head in one coin. B
be the event of head in second coin.

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 51


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

The required probability is Hence


∩ ) ∩ ( ∪ )} ( ) ( ) ( )
( ∩ )| ∪ )
( ∪ )
e e e
( ∩ )
( ∪ )
( )
( ∩ ) (both coin heads) e
( , ) ( ⁄ )
e
( ∪ ) (at least one head) ( )
e e
( , T, T )
60. [Ans. *] Range 0.24 to 0.27
So re uired robabilit The smaller sticks, therefore, will range in
length from almost 0 meters upto a
maximum of 0.5 meters, with each length
57. [Ans. B] equally possible.
Required Probability Thus, the average length will be about
= P (getting 6 in the first time) 0.25 meters, or about a quarter of the
+ P (getting 1 in the first time and getting stick.
5 or 6 in the second time)
+ P (getting 2 in the first time and getting 61. [Ans. 10]
4 or 5 or 6 in the second time) 22 occurs in following ways
+ P (getting 3 in the first time and getting 6 6 6 4 wa s
3 or 4 or 5 or 6 in the second time) 6 6 5 5 wa s
( ) ( ) ( ) e uired robabilit

58. [Ans. C]
The p.d.f of the random variable is 62. [Ans. *] Range 11.85 to 11.95
x +1 For functioning 3 need to be working
P(x) 0.5 0.5
The cumulative distribution function F(x) (function)
is the probability upto x as given below
x +1
F(x) 0.5 1.0
So correct option is (C)
.

59. [Ans. C] .
e
(k) 63. [Ans. *] Range 3.8 to 3.9
k
P is no. of cars per minute travelling. Expected length = Average length of all
words
For no cars. (i.e. k = 0)
For no. cars. P(0) e
.
So P can be either 0,1,2. (i.e. k = 0,1,2)
For k = 1, p(1)=e
For k = 2 , P(2)=

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 52


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

64. [Ans. *] Range 0.259 to 0.261


Let A = divisible by 2, B = divisible by 3 .
and C = divisible by 5, then
n(A) = 50, n(B) = 33, n(C) = 20 time T T
n( ∩ ) , n( ∩ ) , n( ∩ )
time T T
n( ∩ ∩ )
P( ∪ ∪ )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ∩ ) ( ∩ )
( ∩ ) ( ∩ ∩ )
69. [Ans. *] Range: 0.55 to 0.55
∴ e uired robabilit is vent of selection of t e-1 bulb
vent of selection of t e-2 bulb
( ∩ ∩ ) ( ∪ ∪ ) . .
vent of selection of bulb glow for
more than 100 hrs
65. [Ans. 0.25]
We re uire ( ) ( ⁄ ) ( ) ( ⁄ )
( ∪ ) P(S) = 1
( ) ( ) ( ∩ ) . .
utuall e clusive ( ∩ ) .
( ) ( )
Let ( ) ( ) ECE
P(A).P(B) = x( ) 70. [Ans. A]
Maximum value of y = x ( ) var[x]=σ =E[(x x)2]
d
( ) Where, x=E[x]
d
x= expected or mean value of X defining
= 2x = 1

. E[X] =  xf  x  dx
x
(max) 

a imum value of . ( . )  
.
  x P x    x  x dx
 i
i i

  xiP xi 
66. [Ans. A] i

Variance σ is a measure of the spread of


67. [Ans. *] Range: 0.5 to 0.5 the values of X from its mean x.
for a Using relation , E[X+Y]= E[X]+E[Y]
iven f( ) { And E[CX]=CE[X]
otherwise
On var[x]= σ =E[(x x)2]
∫ f( )d ∫ d σ = [ ] x2
= E[X2] [ [ ]]
[ ]
a
71. [Ans. C]
a .
Probability of failing in paper 1,
P (A) = 0.3
68. [Ans. *] Range: 0.33 to 0.34 Probability of failing in paper 2,
The possibilities are P (B) = 0.2
( ) …

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 53


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Probability of failing in paper 1, when Probability of getting head in second toss


A = and in all other 8 tosses there should
student has failed in paper 2, P    0.6
B be tail always.
 A  P  A  B So probability of getting head in first two
We know that, P   
B P  B tosses
( )( )( )…………….( )
∴ ( ∩ ) ( ). ( ) = (1/2) 10

= 0.6 0.2
= 0.12 76. [Ans. B]
Both the teacher and student are wrong
72. [Ans. A] Mean = ∑ k
x
= 0.1 + 0.4 + 1.2 + 0.8 + 0.5
CDF: F  x     PDF  dx

= 3.0
x E(x2) = ∑ k
For x<0, F  x     x  1 dx . . .
1 . .
[ ] concave u wards . . . . .
.
1
F  0  Variance(x)= E(x2) – ( )} =10.2 9=1.2
2
x

For x>0, F  x   F 0    x  1 dx 77. [Ans. D]


0 P(H, H, H, T) +P (H, H, H, H )
1  x  2
= ( ) ( ) ( ) =
   x  concave downwards
2  2 
Hence the CDF is, shown in the figure (A).
78. [Ans. C]
73. [Ans. A] Total number of cases = 36
Given: Px  x   Me2|x|  Ne3|x| Favorable cases:
 (1, 1) (2, 1) (3, 1) (4, 1) (5, 1)
 Px  x dx  1

(6, 1)
(1, 2) (2, 2) (3, 2) (4, 2) (5, 2)
 

 Me dx  2 Me dx  1


2|x| 3|x| 2|x| 3|x| (6, 2)
 Ne  Ne
 0 (1, 3) (2, 3) (3, 3) (4, 3) (5, 3)
(6, 3)
By simplifying
(1, 4) (2, 4) (3, 4) (4, 4) (5, 4)
2
M N 1 (6, 4)
3
(1, 5) (2, 5) (3, 5) (4, 5) (5, 5)
(6, 5)
74. [Ans. B]
(1, 6) (2, 6) (3, 6) (4, 6) (5, 6)
x + y = 2; x y = 0
(6, 6)
 x =1, y = 1
Total number of favorable cases
P(x=1,y=1) = ¼ ¼ = 1/16

75. [Ans. C] Then robabilit


Probability of getting head in first toss =

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 54


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

79. [Ans. C] S
P(no. of tosses is odd) S , S (siblings)
(no. of tosses is , , , ….) Probability that child chosen at random
P(no. of toss is 1) = P(Head in 1st toss) having sibling is 2/3
P(no. of toss is 3) = P(tail in first toss, tail
in second toss and head in third toss) 83. [Ans. *] Range 0.32 to 0.34
This is a tricky question, here, , ,
independent and identically distributed
P(no. of toss is 5) = P(T,T,T,TH) random variables with the uniform
distribution [ , ]. So, they are
( ) … etc
equiprobable. So , or have chances
So, being largest are equiprobable.
P(no. of tosses in odd) So, [P { is largest}] or [P { is largest}]
. or [P { is largest}] =1
and P { is largest} = P { is largest}
⁄ = P { is largest}

∴ is largest }

⁄ 84. [Ans. *] Range 49.9 to 50.1
Set of positive odd number less than 100
is 50. As it is a uniform distribution
f( )
80. [Ans. B]
( ≥ ) ∴ ( ) ∑ . f( ) ∑
( ≥ )
[ .… ]
z v v} Linear combination of
Gaussian random variable is Gaussian
∴ (z ≥ ) and not mean till zero
because both random variables has mean
85. [Ans. C]
zero hence ( ) .
Hence Option B is correct . . . .

81. [Ans. D] 86. [Ans. *] Range 2.9 to 3.1


F(x) = P{X } Let the first toss be head.
( ) } Let x denotes the number of tosses(after
getting first head) to get first tail.
{ }
We can summarize the even as
For positive value of x, Event(After x Probability
( ) ( ) is always greater than zero getting first H)
For negative value of x T 1 1/2
( ) ( )is ve HT 2 1/2 1/2=1/4
ut, [ ( ) ( )]. ≥ HHT 3 1/8
and so on….
82. [Ans. *] Range 0.65 to 0.68
Let ‘ ’ be different t es of families and ‘S’ ( ) ∑ ( )
be there siblings.

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 55


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

… .. ∫ e ( )d

Let, S … …. (I)
∫ e ( )d

S . … …. (II)
∫ e ( )d
(I II)gives √
( )S .……
√ [ e ( )d ]

S
√ [ ] √ .
S
( )
i.e. The expected number of tosses (after 89. [Ans. *] Range 0.43 to 0.45
first head) to get first tail is 2 and same Pre flow diagram is
can be applicable if first toss results in Parcel is
sent to R
tail. Parcel is sent to 4/5 R
Hence the average number of tosses is 4/5
. S 1/5
Parcel is lost
1/5
Parcel is lost
87. [Ans. *] Range 0.15 to 0.18
Probability that parcel is lost
Let z
( ) (z )
Probability that parcel is lost by
Pdf of z we need to determine. It is the
convolution of three pdf
Probability that parcel is lost by
provided that the parcel is lost

90. [Ans. C]
For independent events
( ∩ ) ( ) ( )
z z
(z ) ∫ dz | ( ∪ ) ( ) ( ) ( ∩ )
( ∪ ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
.
91. [Ans. D]
( ) ( )
88. [Ans. *] Range 0.79 to 0.81
( ≥ )
| |
[| |] ∫ e d ,
√ ( ≥ ) ,
∫ | |e ( )d ,
√ ( , )
∫ | |e ( )d (As X, Y are independent
√ variables)

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 56


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

92. [Ans. *] Range: 1.5 to 1.5 | |


∫ | |e d
( ) ( ) ( ) ⁄ ( ⁄ )
s ( ) ( )
( ) (T) ( ) ( ) ⁄
( ) (T) (T) ( ) ( ) ⁄ ∫ ( )

X=2 3 4 5
m ∫ f ( )
( ⁄ ) ( ⁄ ) ( ⁄ ) ( ⁄ )
| |
ectation ( ⁄ ) ( ⁄ ) ( ⁄ ) ∫ | |e d

Let ⁄ ( ) ( )

∴ ∫ ( )d ∫ ( )
( )
( )
∫ e d
( )
( )
[e ( )]

⁄ ( ) m
( ⁄ ) ariance
⁄ .
95. [Ans. *] Range: 0.9 to 1.1
93. [Ans. *] Range: 6 to 6 We know that if is a parameter of
oisson’s distribution
( o. ) ⁄
Then, first moment ;
( ) ⁄ second moment
x 1 2 3 4 iven,
⁄ ( ⁄ )
⁄ ( ⁄ ) ( ⁄ ) ( )( )
⁄ ⁄ [ ≠ , can t be negative]
( ) ⁄ ⁄ ⁄ ∴ ean of random variable irst moment

( ⁄ ) ⁄

( ⁄ ) ( ⁄ ) 96. [Ans. C]
f( )
⁄ [ ( ⁄ ) ( ⁄ ) ( ⁄ )
2
]
x
0 5
.
52
( ⁄ )
( ) ( ) ∫ f( )d

Conceptually, we can solve this equation.


94. [Ans. *] Range: 6 to 6
Area of F(x) cannot be positive. Negative
| |
f( ) | |e region of f(x) for x < 0 and positive region
ariance m m of f(x) for x > 0 compensate each other
and F(x) final area will be zero. Thus C is
m ∫ f ( ) the only option.

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 57


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

97. [Ans. *] Range: 0.32 to 0.34 100. [Ans. C]


( ) x is uniformly distributes in [0, 1]
( ) ∫ ∫ f ( , )d d ∴ Probability density function
( )
f( )
∫ ∫ ( )d d b a
∴ f(x) = 1 0 < x < 1
( )
Now E( ) = ∫ f( )d
∫ ( )| d

( ) ∫ d
∫ ( ( ) )d

∫ ( )d 101. [Ans. B]
Let N people in room. So no. of events that
( ) at least two people in room born at same
date
. . . ….
. ≥
N

98. [Ans. *] Range: 0.07 to 0.08 Solving, we get N = 7


P(Head) = 0.3 = p and P(Tail) = 0.7 = q
Probability of getting head for the first 102. [Ans. C]
time in the fifth toss (II is red|I is white)
(II is red and I is white)
= P(Tail) .P(Tail). P(Tail). P(Tail).
P(Head) ( . ) ( . ) . (I is white)
(I is white and II is red)
EE (I is white)
99. [Ans. C]
Dice value Probability
1
103. [Ans. B]
2
and is the entrie
3 rectangle
The region in which maximum of {x, y} is
4 less than ⁄ is shown below as shaded
region inside this rectangle
5
( , ) ( , )

( , , )

( , , )

( , , )
( , ) ( , )

∴ hoice ( ) ( , and )
is correct.
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 58
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

rea of shaded 108. [Ans. *] Range 0.4 to 0.5


region
(ma [ , ] ) ∫ f( ) d b ro ert
rea of entire
rectangle
∴ ∫ k d

k. | k. ∴k .
104. [Ans. A]

( ) ∫ e d [ e ] 109. [Ans. D]
[e e ] e
. 110. [Ans. *] Range: 0.25 to 0.25

∫ f( )d
105. [Ans. B]
Let number of heads = x,
So ∫ (a b )d
∴ Number of tails n
∴ ifference (n )or (n ) b
a
n or n
If n n , n a b …
n iven [ ] ∫ [a b ]d
If n n , or a b
As x and n are integers, this is not
possible a b …
∴ Probability 0 rom e uation and
a b
106. [Ans. *] Range 0.13 to 0.15 .

Let proportionality constant = k [ . ] ∫ f( )d


∴ ( dot) k, ( dots) k, .
( dots) k ∫ d .
( dots) k, ( dots) k,
( dots) k
111. [Ans. D]
∴k k k k k k
k ∴k robabilit of getting is
∴ robabilit of showing dots k
i. e, . robabilit of wins the game
.
robabilit of not wins the game

107. [Ans. *] Range 0.35 to 0.45

( . ) ∫ f( )d robabilit of wins the game


.
robabilit of not wins the game
∫ . d ∫ . d ∫ .d
. If a starts the game, Probability A win the
. | . . |
game
. . . ( ) ( ̅ ) (̅ ) ( )
.
(̅ ) (̅) (̅) (̅) ( ) . ….

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 59


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

115. [Ans. A]
.……
ae
f ( ) {
[ .……] e ≥

[ ( ) ( ) .….] ∫ f ( )

∫ ae d ∫ e d
[ ]
( )
ae e
[ ] [ ]
112. [Ans. D]
R H T a
a
S
H 0.28 0.24 ( ) ∫ e d
T 0.30 0.18
air if ( ) (T) . e
[ ]
S air if ( ) (T) .
∴ oth and S are not air
s and S are de endt as T ≠T IN
116. [Ans. A]
113. [Ans. *] Range: 0.2 to 0.2
∫ f( ). d
114. [Ans. *] Range: 0.28 to 0.31

S ∑n or ∫ e .d

S or e |
or P =
S
117. [Ans. B]
S( )
By definition of Gaussian distribution,
S( ) total area under the curve =1. Hence half
of the area =0.5

S
( ) 118. [Ans. A]
According to question S P(x)= =
Thus, ( ) Mean = μ ∫ ( )d = ∫ d =6
( )
Var(x)= ∫ ( μ) ( )d
√ =∫ ( ) d =

So, . 119. [Ans. C]



Probability of incorrect report
. . .

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 60


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

120. [Ans. C] 126. [Ans. *] Range: 4 to 4


σ . mm ( ) df e for ≥
μ mm otherwise
Then probability g ( ) e
μ
( . ) ( )
σ We know ( ) ∫ ( )d ∫ e d
where, . mm
( )
. [g ( )] ∫ e .e d ∫ e d
( ) ( )
.
( )
e e
[ ] [ ]
√ ( )
e .

. 127. [Ans. A]
So, number of measurement more than P(red ball) = P(green in 1 trial followed
10.15mm by red) or
P Total number of measurement P(red in 1 trail followed by red)
. . Here, we get to pick 12 balls in TRIAL 1
≃ and 13 balls in TRIAL 2

121. [Ans. D]
For the product to be even, the numbers
from both the boxes should not turn out
to be odd simultaneously.
∴ ( ) ( )( )

122. [Ans. A]
∫ f( )d ∫ e d
e | e .

123. [Ans. 2]
For valid df, ∫ df d

∫ d k

124. [Ans. *] Range 0.890 to 0.899


Probability that job is successfully
processed = ( )( ) .

125. [Ans. B]
. |defective| .
rom inomial distribution for n
( ) ( ) ( )
( . ) ( . ) .

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 61


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Numerical Methods

ME – 2007 ME – 2014
1. A calculator has accuracy up to 8 digits 5. Using the trapezoidal rule, and dividing
2 the interval of integration into three equal
after decimal place. The value of  sinxdx
0
sub intervals, the definite integral

when evaluated using this calculator by ∫ | | is ____________


trapezoidal method with 8 equal
intervals, to 5 significant digits is 6. The value of ∫ . ( ) calculated using
(A) 0.00000 (C) 0.00500 the Trapezoidal rule with five sub
(B) 1.0000 (D) 0.00025 intervals is _______

ME – 2010
7. The definite integral ∫ is evaluated
2. Torque exerted on a flywheel over a cycle
is listed in the table. Flywheel energy (in using Trapezoidal rule with a step size of
J per unit cycle) using Simpson’s rule is 1. The correct answer is _______
Angle (degree) Torque (N-m)
0 0 8. The real root of the equation
60 1066 2cos 1 = 0 (up to two ecimal
accuracy) is _______
120 323
180 0
9. Consider an ordinary differential
240 323
300 equation = t .If x = at t = 0 , the
360 0 increment in x calculated using Runge-
(A) 542 (C) 1444 Kutta fourth order multi-step method
(B) 992.7 (D) 1986 with a step size of Δt = 0.2 is
(A) 0.22 (C) 0.66
ME – 2011 (B) 0.44 (D) 0.88
3. The integral ∫ , when evaluated by
using Simpson’s 1/ rule on two equal ME – 2015
subintervals each of length 1, equals 10. Simpson’s rule is used to integrate the
(A) 1.000 (C) 1.111 function f(x) = between x = 0 and
(B) 1.098 (D) 1.120
x = 1 using the least number of equal sub-
intervals. The value of the integral is
ME – 2013
___________.
4. Match the correct pairs.
Numerical Integration Order of Fitting 11. Consider a spatial curve in three
Scheme Polynomial dimensional space given in parametric
P. Simpson’s /8 Rule 1. First form by
Q. Trapezoidal Rule 2. Second (t) = cos t y(t) = sin t
R. Simpson’s 1/ Rule 3. Third 2
z(t) = t 0 t
(A) P – 2 , Q – 1, R – 3 2
(B) P – 3, Q – 2 , R – 1 The length of the curve is _________
(C) P – 1, Q – 2 , R – 3
(D) P – 3, Q – 1 , R – 2

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 62


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

12. The value of function f(x) at 5 discrete CE – 2007


points are given below: 19. The following equation needs to be
x 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 numerically solved using the Newton-
f(x) 0 10 40 90 160 Raphson method
Using Trapezoidal rule with step size of x3 + 4x – 9 = 0 the iterative equation for
0.1, the value ∫
.
f( ) dx is _______ the purpose is (k indicates the iteration
level)
13. Using a unit step size, the value of integral (A) =

∫ ln y trapezoi al rule is (B) =


(C) =
(D) =
14. Newton-Raphson method is used to find
the roots of the equation,
2 1 = 0. If the initial guess 20. Given that one root of the equation
is = 1, then the value of x after 2nd 10 + 31x – 30 = 0 is 5, the other
iteration is _________. two roots are
(A) 2 an (C) an
ME – 2016 (B) 2 an (D) 2 an
15. Gauss-Seidel method is used to solve the
following equations (as per the given CE – 2008
order): 21. Three values of x and y are to be fitted in
2 = ; a straight line in the form y = a + bx by
2 = 1 the method of least squares. Given
2 = ∑ = 6 ∑y = 21 ∑ = 1 an ∑ y = 6
Assuming initial guess as = = = 0 the values of a and b are respectively
the value of after the first iteration is (A) 2 and 3 (C) 2 and 1
__________ (B) 1 and 2 (D) 3 and 2

16. Numerical integration using trapezoidal CE – 2009


rule gives the best result for a single 22. In the solution of the following set of
variable function, which is linear equation by Gauss elimination
(A) linear (C) logarithmic using partial pivoting 5x + y + 2z = 34;
(B) parabolic (D) hyperbolic 4y – 3z = 12; and 10x – 2y + z = 4; the
pivots for elimination of x and y are
17. The error in numerically computing the (A) 10 and 4 (C) 5 and 4
integral ∫ (sin cos ) using the (B) 10 and 2 (D) 5 and 4
trapezoidal rule with three intervals of
CE – 2010
equal length between 0 and 𝜋 is ___________
23. The table below given values of a function
F(x) obtained for values of x at intervals
18. The root of the function f( ) = 1
of 0.25.
obtained after first iteration on
x 0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0
application of Newton-Raphson scheme
using an initial guess of = 1 is F(x) 1 0.9412 0.8 0.64 0.50
(A) 0.682 (C) 0.750
(B) 0.686 (D) 1.000

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 63


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

The value of the integral of the function CE – 2015


etween the limits 0 to 1 using Simpson’s 28. The integral ∫ with 0 is
rule is evaluated analytically as well as
(A) 0.7854 (C) 3.1416 numerically using a single application of
(B) 2.3562 (D) 7.5000 the trapezoidal rule. If I is the exact value
of the integral obtained analytically and J
CE 2011 is the approximate value obtained using
24. The square root of a number N is to be the trapezoidal rule, which of the
obtained by applying the Newton following statements is correct about
Raphson iterations to the equation their relationship?
= 0. If i denotes the iteration (A) J > I
index, the correct iteration scheme will be (B) J < I
1
( ) = ( ) (C) J = I
2
(D) Insufficient data to determine the
1
( ) = ( ) relationship
2
1 29. The quadratic equation = 0 is
( ) = ( )
2 to be solved numerically, starting with the
1 initial guess = .
( ) = ( )
2 The Newton-Raphson method is applied
once to get a new estimate and then the
25. he error in f( )| for a continuous Secant method is applied once using the
initial guess and this new estimate. The
function estimated with h=0.03 using the
estimated value of the root after the
central difference formula
( ) ( ) application of the Secant method is
f( )| = is 2 10 . ____________.
The values of and ( ) are 19.78 and
30. In Newton-Raphson iterative method, the
500.01, respectively. The corresponding
initial guess value ( ) is considered as
error in the central difference estimate
zero while finding the roots of the
for h = 0.02 is approximately
(A) 1. 10 (C) . 10 equation: f( ) = 2 6 0. .
The correction, Δ to be added to in
(B) .0 10 (D) .0 10
the first iteration is _______.
CE – 2012
. 31. For step-size, Δ = 0. the value of
26. The estimate of ∫ . obtained using
following integral using Simpson’s 1/
Simpson’s rule with three – point function rule is _________.
evaluation exceeds the exact value by .

(A) 0.235 (C) 0.024 ∫ ( 0.2 2 200 )


(B) 0.068 (D) 0.012 6 00 00

CE – 2013 CE – 2016
27. Find the magnitude of the error (correct 32. Newton-Raphson method is to be used to
to two decimal places) in the estimation find root of equation e sin = 0.
of following integral using Simpson’s 1⁄ If the initial trial value for the root is
Rule. Take the step length as 1.___________ taken as 0.333, the next approximation
for the root would be _________ (note:
∫ ( 10)
answer up to three decimal)
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 64
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

33. The optimum value of the function 2


1
 xe dx
x
f(x) = – 4x +2 is to an accuracy of at least  106
1 3
(A) 2 (maximum) (C) 2 (maximum)
using the trapezoidal rule is
(B) 2 (minimum) (D) 2 (minimum)
(A) 1000e (C) 100e
(B) 1000 (D) 100
34. The Fourier series of the function,
( )=0 0
38. The Newton-Raphson iteration
= 0
In the interval 1 R
x n 1   x n   can be used to compute
2 cos cos 2 xn 
f( ) = [ ]
1 the
sin sin 2 sin
[ (A) square of R
1 2 (B) reciprocal of R
] (C) square root of R
The convergence of the above Fourier (D) logarithm of R
series at x = 0 gives
CS – 2010
1
( )∑ = 39. Newton-Raphson method is used to
n 6
compute a root of the equation
( 1) 13 = 0 with 3.5 as the initial value.
( )∑ =
n 12 The approximation after one iteration is
(A) 3.575 (C) 3.667
1
( )∑ = (B) 3.677 (D) 3.607
(2n 1) 8
( 1) CS – 2012
( )∑ =
(2n 1) 40. The bisection method is applied to
compute a zero of the function
35. The quadratic approximation f(x) = in the interval
[1,9]. The method converges to a solution
of f( ) = at the point
= 0 is after ___________ iterations.
(A) 1 (C) 5
(A) 6 (C) 6
(B) 3 (D) 7
(B) (D)

CS – 2013
CS – 2007
41. Function f is known at the following
36. Consider the series = points:
= 0. obtained from the Newton- x f(x)
Raphson method. The series converges to 0 0
(A) 1.5 (C) 1.6 0.3 0.09
(B) √2 (D) 1.4 0.6 0.36
0.9 0.81
1.2 1.44
CS – 2008 1.5 2.25
37. The minimum number of equal length 1.8 3.24
subintervals needed to approximate 2.1 4.41
2.4 5.76
2.7 7.29
3.0 9.00
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 65
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

variables whose probability mass


he alue of ∫ f( ) compute using
functions are
the trapezoi al rule is pr [ = 0] = pr [ = 1] = 1/2 for
(A) 8.983 (C) 9.017 i = 1, 2, 3.
(B) 9.003 (D) 9.045 Define another random variable
Y = where denotes XOR,
CS – 2014 Then pr [Y = 0| = 0] = ______________.
42. The function f(x) = x sin x satisfied the
following equation: 46. The velocity v (in kilometer/minute) of a
( ) + f(x) + t cos x = 0. motorbike which starts from rest, is given
The value of t is _________. at fixed intervals of time t (in minutes) as
follows:
43. In the Newton-Raphson method, an initial t v
guess of = 2 made and the sequence 2 10
4 18
.. is obtained for the function
6 25
0. 2 2 =0
8 29
Consider the statements
10 32
(I) = 0. 12 20
(II) The method converges to a solution 14 11
in a finite number of iterations. 16 5
Which of the following is TRUE? 18 2
(A) Only I 20 0
(B) Only II The approximate distance (in kilometers)
(C) Both I and II rounded to two places of decimals
(D) Neither I nor II co ere in 20 minutes using Simpson’s
1⁄ rule is__________
44. With respect to the numerical evaluation
ECE– 2007
of the definite integral, = ∫
47. The equation x3 x2+4x 4=0 is to be
where a and b are given, which of the
solved using the Newton-Raphson
following statements is/are TRUE?
method. If x=2 is taken as the initial
(I) The value of K obtained using the
approximation of the solution, then the
trapezoidal rule is always greater
next approximation using this method
then or equal to the exact value of
will be
the defined integral
(A) 2/3 (C) 1
(II) The value of K obtained using the
(B) 4/3 (D) 3/2
Simpson’s rule is always equal to the
exact value of the definite integral ECE– 2008
(A) I only 48. The recursion relation to solve x e
(B) II only using Newton-Raphson method is
(C) Both I and II (A) =e
(D) Neither I nor II (B) = e
e X n
CS – 2015 (C) X n 1  1  X n 
1  e X n
45. Suppose for i = 1, 2, 3 are independent
X2n  e Xn 1  X n   1
and identically distributed random (D) X n 1 
X n -e Xn

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 66


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

ECE – 2010 (A) P1—M3, P2—M2, P3—M4, P4—M1


49. Consider a differential equation (B) P1—M3, P2—M1, P3—M4, P4—M2
( ) (C) P1—M4, P2—M1, P3—M3, P4—M2
y( ) = with the initial condition
(D) P1—M2, P2—M1, P3—M3, P4—M4
y(0) = 0. Using Euler’s first or er metho
with a step size of 0.1, the value of y(0. )
ECE – 2015
is
53. The Newton-Raphson method is used to
(A) 0.01 (C) 0.0631
solve the equation
(B) 0.031 (D) 0.1
f(x) = 6 8 = 0. Taking the
initial guess as x = 5, the solution
ECE– 2011
obtained at the end of the first iteration
50. A numerical solution of the equation
is__________.
f( ) = √ = 0 can be obtained
using Newton – Raphson method. If the
ECE – 2016
starting value is = 2 for the iteration,
54. The ordinary differential equation
the value of that is to be used in the next
step is = 2 with (0) = 1
t
(A) 0.306 (C) 1.694 is to be solved using the forward Euler
(B) 0.739 (D) 2.306 method. The largest time step that can be
used to solve the equation without
ECE– 2013 making the numerical solution unstable is
51. A polynomial _________
f( ) = a a a a a
with all coefficients positive has 55. Consider the first order initial value
(A) No real root problem
(B) No negative real root y = y 2 y(0) = 1 (0 )
(C) Odd number of real roots with exact solution
(D) At least one positive and one y( ) = e . or = 0.1, the
negative real root percentage difference between the exact
solution and the solution obtained using a
ECE– 2014 single iteration of the second-order
52. Match the application to appropriate Runge-Kutta method with step-size
numerical method. h = 0.1is __________
Application Numerical
Method EE– 2007
P1:Numerical M1:Newton-
56. The differential equation = is
integration Raphson Method
P2:Solution to a M2:Runge-Kutta iscretise using Euler’s numerical
transcendental Method integration method with a time step
equation T > 0. What is the maximum permissible
value of T to ensure stability of the
P3:Solution to a M :Simpson’s
solution of the corresponding discrete
system of linear 1/3-rule
time equation?
equations
(A) 1 (C)
P4:Solution to a M4:Gauss
(B) /2 (D) 2
differential equation Elimination
Method

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 67


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

EE– 2008 EE– 2013


57. Equation e 1 = 0 is required to be 62. When the Newton – Raphson method is
sol e using ewton’s metho with an applied to solve the equation
initial guess = 1. Then, after one f( ) = 2 1 = 0 the solution at the
step of ewton’s metho estimate of end of the first iteration with the initial
the solution will be given by guess value as = 1.2 is
(A) 0.71828 (C) 0.20587 (A) 0.82 (C) 0.705
(B) 0.36784 (D) 0.00000 (B) 0.49 (D) 1.69

58. A differential equation / t = e u(t) EE– 2014


has to be solved using trapezoidal rule of 63. The function ( ) = 1 is to be
integration with a step size h = 0.01 sec. solved using Newton-Raphson method. If
Function u(t) indicates a unit step the initial value of is taken as 1.0, then
function. If x(0)= 0, then value of x at the absolute error observed at 2nd
t = 0.01 s will be given by iteration is ___________
(A) 0.00099 (C) 0.0099
(B) 0.00495 (D) 0.0198 IN– 2007
64. Identify the Newton-Raphson iteration
EE– 2009
scheme for finding the square root of 2.
59. Let 11 = 0. The iterative steps for
the solution using Newton – Raphson’s (A) = ( )
method is given by (B) = ( )
1 11
( ) = ( )
2 (C) =
11
( ) = (D) = √2

( ) = 65. The polynomial p(x) = + x + 2 has


11
1 11 (A) all real roots
( ) = ( )
2 (B) 3 real and 2 complex roots
(C) 1 real and 4 complex roots
EE– 2011 (D) all complex roots
60. Solution of the variables and for the
following equations is to be obtained by IN– 2008
employing the Newton-Raphson iterative 66. It is known that two roots of the
method nonlinear equation x3 – 6x2 +11x 6 = 0
equation(i) 10 Sin 0.8 = 0 are 1 and 3. The third root will be
equation(ii) 10 10 cos 0.6 = 0 (A) j (C) 2
Assuming the initial values = 0.0 and (B) j (D) 4
= 1.0 the jacobian matrix is
10 0.8 0 0.8 IN – 2009
(A) [ ] (C) [ ]
0 0.6 10 0.6
10 0 10 0 67. The differential equation = with
(B) [ ] (D) [ ]
0 10 10 10 x(0) = 0 and the constant 0 is to be
61. Roots of the algebraic equation numerically integrated using the forward
Euler method with a constant integration
1 = 0 are
(A) ( 1 1 1) (C) (0 0 0) time step T. The maximum value of T such
(B) ( 1 ) (D) ( 1 )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 68


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

that the numerical solution of x converges IN– 2014


is 71. The iteration step in order to solve for the
(A) (C) cube roots of a given number N using the
(D) 2 Newton-Raphson’s metho is
(B)
(A) = ( )
IN– 2010 (B) = (2 )
68. The velocity v (in m/s) of a moving mass,
(C) = ( )
starting from rest, is given as = t.
Using Euler’s forward difference method (D) = (2 )
(also known as Cauchy-Euler method)
with a step size of 0.1s, the velocity at 0.2s IN – 2016
evaluates to 72. Let f: 1 1 R,
(A) 0.01 m/s (C) 0.2 m/s )
where f( = 2 10.
(B) 0.1 m/s (D) 1 m/s The minimum value of f( ) is __________

IN– 2011
69. The extremum (minimum or maximum)
point of a function f(x) is to be
( )
determined by solving = 0 using the
Newton-Raphson method.
Let f(x) = 6 and = 1 be the initial
guess of x. The value of x after two
iterations ( ) is
(A) 0.0141 (C) 1.4167
(B) 1.4142 (D) 1.5000

IN– 2013
70. While numerically solving the differential
equation 2 y = 0 y(0) = 1 using
Euler’s pre ictor – corrector (improved
Euler – Cauchy )method with a step size
of 0.2, the value of y after the first step is
(A) 1.00 (C) 0.97
(B) 1.03 (D) 0.96

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 69


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Answer Keys and Explanations

ME 4. [Ans. D]
1. [Ans. A] By the definition only
a 2 0
h= = =
n 8 5. [Ans. *] Range 1.10 to 1.12
y = sin(0) = 0
y = sin ( ) = 0. 010 ∫| | is

y = sin ( ) = 1
2 h
∫y = y 2(y y .) y
y = sin ( ) = 0. 010 2

y = sin( ) = 0 y y y y

y = sin ( )= 0. 010 x 1 0.33 0.33 1


6 y 1 0.33 0.333 1
y = sin ( )= 1
2
y = sin ( )= 0. 010 ∫| | = 1 1 2(0. 0. )
2
8
y = sin ( )=0 = 1.10
Trapezoidal rule
6. [Ans. *] Range 1.74 to 1.76
∫ f( ) = (y y ) 2.
h= = 0.
2(y y y 1)
sin = (0 0) 2(0. 010 1 y 2y 2y 2y
∫ ∫ . ln ( ) = [ ]
2y y
0. 010 0. 010 1 0. 010 0=0 .
= ln(2. ) 2(ln2.8) 2 ln( .1)

2. [Ans. B] 2ln( . ) 2ln( . ) ln( )


Power = ω = rea un er the cur e. = 1.
h
P = (y y ) (y y y ) 7. [Ans. *]Range 1.1 to 1.2
2(y y ) 1
1 ∫ y trapezoi al rule
= (0 0) (1066 0 )
2( 2 2 ) rapezoi al rule
= 2. J/unit cycle. ∫ f( ) = y y 2(y y ..y )
h = 1 i en in question
3. [Ans. C] 0 1 2
x 1 2 3 x 1 2 3
1 1 1 1
y= y 1 0.5 0.33
2
1 h 1 1
∫ = (y y y ) ∫ = y y 2(y )
2
1 1 1 1 1
= ( ) = 1 0. 2 0.
1 2 2
= 1.111 = 1.166

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 70


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

8. [Ans. *] Range 0.53 to 0.56


Let f(x) = 2 cos 1
= ∫ √sin t cos t t
f ( )= 2 sin
f(0) = f(1) = 2. /
By intermediate value theorem roots lie = ∫ √1 t
be between 0 and 1.
et = 1 ra = . 2
By Newton Raphson method = √1 . t|

= √1
f( ) 2
=
f ( ) = 1.8622
2 sin 2 cos 1
=
2 sin 12. [Ans. *] Range: 22 to 22
= 0. 6 2 x 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
= 0. 2 y = f(x) 0 10 40 90 160
= 0. 2 y y y y y
. .

9. [Ans. D] ∫ f( ) =∫ y
The variation in options are much, so it
can be solved by integrating directly h
= (y y ) 2(y y y )
2
= t 0.1
t = (0 160) 2(10 0 0)
. 2
∫ = ∫ ( t ) t = 22

. .
t 13. [Ans. *] Range: 0.68 to 0.70
Δ = t| = 2t t| X 1 2
2
Y = lnx 0 2ln2
Δ = 0.08 0.8 = 0.88
By Trapezoidal Rule,

10. [Ans. *] Range: 2 to 2 1


∫ ln = 0 2ln2 = ln2 = 0.6
1 2
x 0 1
2
12
y = f( ) 14. [Ans. *] Range: 0.29 to 0.31
20
By Newton-Raphson Method,
h
∫ f( ) = ((y y ) y ) f( )
1 iteration =
f ( )
1 21
= ( )=2 f(1) 1
6 20 =1 =1 =
f (1) 10 2
11. [Ans. *] Range: 1.86 to 1.86 here f( ) = 2 1
f(1) =
The length of the curve
/ f ( )= f (1) = 10
y z f( )
= ∫ √( ) ( ) ( ) t 2 iteration =
t t t f ( )
/ f(0. )
2 = 0. = 0. 0
f (0. )
= ∫ √( sin t) (cos t) ( ) t

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 71


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

15. [Ans. *] Range: to 18. [Ans. C]


Let, 2y z= According to Newton-Raphson scheme
2 y z=1 f( )
=
2y z = and = 0, f ( )
y = 0, z = 0 f( )
=
Then first iteration will be f ( )
= = 2y 0 z (1 1 1) 1
=1 =1
= 0 0= (1) 1
1
= y = (1 2 z ) = = 0.
1
= (1 10 0) =
CE
=z = 2y 19. [Ans. A ]
= 1 6= 6 Given f( ) = =0
= 6 f ( )=
Newton – Raphson formula is
16. [Ans. A] f( )
=
f ( )
17. [Ans. *] Range: 0.175 to 0.195 ( )
=
( )
= ∫(sin cos )
=
2 ( )
x 0
2
=
f(x) 1 √ √ 1
2 2
a 20. [Ans. A]
h= =
n Given
By trapezoidal rule, we have – 10 + 31x 30 = 0
h One root = 5
∫ f( ) = (y y ) 2(y y )
2 Let the roots e α β an γ of equation
a + b + cx + d = 0
√ √
= [(1 2( 1) )] αβγ=
6 2 2
= 1.813799364 (approximate value) an α β βγ γα =
By Exact method α βγ = βγ =
( )
= 30

= ∫(sin( ) cos( ))  βγ = 6 (i)


Also
= cos( ) sin αβ βγ γα = β βγ γ = = 1
= cos(0) cos( ) sin( ) sin 0  (β γ) βγ = 1
= 1 ( 1) = 2 (E a t alue) Since βγ = 6 from (i)
Error = E act alue (β γ) 6 = 1
appro imate alue β γ=
= 2 1.81 6 = 0.1862 βγ = 6
Sol ing for β an γ
β (5 β) = 6

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 72


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

β β 6=0 10 2 1
 β = 2 an γ = [0 | 12 ]
1 2
Alternative method
5 1 10 31 0 R R
10 2 1
10
0 5 2 30 → [0 12 ]
0 2 /2 6
1 6 0
Now to eliminate y, we need to compare
( )( 6) = 0
the elements in second column at and
( )( 2)( )=0
below the diagonal element Since a = 4
=2
is already larger in absolute value
compares to a = 2
21. [Ans. D] The pivot element for eliminating y is
Y = a + bx a = 4 itself.
Given The pivots for eliminating x and y are
n= ∑ = 6 ∑y = 21 ∑ = 14 respectively 10 and 4
an ∑ y = 6
Normal equations are
23. [Ans. A]
∑y = na ∑
∑ y = a∑ ∑ I = h(f f 2f f f )
Substitute the values and simply = 0.2 (1 0. 12 2
a= =2 0.8 0.6 0. )
= 0. 8
22. [Ans. A]
The equation is 24. [Ans. A]
5x + y + 2z = 34 f( )
=
0x + 4y – 3z = 12 f ( )
and 10x – 2y + z =
= ( )
The augmented matrix for gauss 2
elimination is 1
1 2 = = [ ]
2 2
[0 | 12 ]
10 2 1
Since in the first column maximum 25. [Ans. D]
element in absolute value is 10 we need Error in central difference formula is
to exchange row 1 with row 3 (h)
1 2 This means, error
[0 | 12 ] If error for h = 0.03 is 2 10
10 2 1 then
( ) 10 2 1 Error for h = 0.02 is approximately
→ [0 | 12 ]
(0.02)
1 2 2 10 10
So the pivot for eliminating x is a = 10 (0.0 )
Now we eliminate x using this pivot
as follows : 26. [Ans. D]
.
Exact value of ∫ . = 1.0 86
Using Simpson’s rule in three – point
form,

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 73


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

a 1. 0. 1
h= = = 0. = = 2.
n 2 2
So, or secant metho let = 2. an =
x 0.5 1 1.5 y secant metho
y 2 1 0.67 = f( )
1 f( ) f( )
∫ = ( 2. )
= f( )
0. f( ) f(2. )
= 2 0.6 1 0.
= 1
= 1.1116 1 (0.2 )
So, the estimate exceeds the exact value 0.
=
by Approximate value – Exact value 0.
= 1.1116 1.0986 = 0.666
=0.012(approximately) = 2.

27. [Ans. *]Range 0.52 to 0.55 30. [Ans. *] Range: 0.333 to 0.333
Using Simpson’s Rule f( ) = 2 6 (0. )
X 0 1 2 3 4 =0
Y 10 11 26 91 266 f ( )=6 8 1.
f(0) = 2 f (0) = 6
∫ ( 10) By Newton-Raphson method
f( ) ( 2)
= (10 266) 2(26) (11 1) = =0
f ( ) 6
=2 . 2
The value of integral = = 0.
6
Δ = = 0. 0 = 0.
∫ ( 10) =[ 10 ]
31. [Ans. *] Range: . .
= 10 =2 .8 Given h = 0.4
Magnitude of error x 0 0.4 0.8
=2 . 2 .8 = 0. y = f(x) 0.2 2.456 0.232
0.
= (0.2 0.2 2) 2. 6
28. [Ans. A]
= 1.
We know that the approximated value of
∫ f( ) obtained by trapezoidal rule is 32. [Ans. *] Range: 0.355 to 0.365
always greater than the analytical value. f( )
J where, J = Approximate value =
f ( )
I = Analytical value f(0. )
= 0.
f (0. )
29. [Ans. *] Range: 2.25 to 2.33 f(0. ) = (0. ) e . sin(0. )
f( ) = = 0. 1. 1 0. 268
= = 0.06
f ( )=2 f (0. )= e . cos(0. )
y ewton Raphson metho = 1. 1 0. 0
f( ) = 2.
=
f ( ) 0.06
= 0. = 0. 601
2.
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 74
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

33. [Ans. D] Since, both e are increasing functions


f( ) = 2 of x, maximum value of f ( ) in interval
f ( )=2 =0 =2 1 2, occurs at = 2 so max
f ( ) = 2 0minimum at = 2 |f ( )| = e (2 2) = e
min alue is f(2) = 8 2= 2 Truncation Error for trapezoidal rule
= TE (bound)
34. [Ans. C] = max |f ( )|
2 1 1 1
f(0) = ( ) Where is number of subintervals
1
f(0 ) f(0 ) 2 1 1 =
= (1 )
2 = max |f ( )|
2 1 1
= (1 )
2 = (b – a) max |f ( )| 1 2
1 1
1 = = (2 – 1) [e (2 + 2)]
8
1 = e
∑ =
(2n 1) 8 Now putting ( )
= 10

h =
35. [Ans. B]
Quadratic Approximation h=
( 0)
= f(0) ( 0)f (0) f (0) Now, No. of intervals, =
2
f( ) = f(0) = =( )/
= 1000 e
f ( )= 6 f (0) = 0
f ( )=6 6 f ( )= 6 38. [Ans. C]
Equation is = (0) ( 6) = ( )
2
= At convergence
= =α
CS α= (α )
36. [Ans. A]
2α=α+
Given = + , = 0.5
2α =
when the series converges = =α
α= + 2α = α + R
α =R
α= α = √R
8α = 4α +9 So this iteration will compute the square
α = root of R

α = = 1.5
39. [Ans. D]
y= 1
37. [Ans. A] y
Here, the function being integrated is =2
f(x) = xe f(x)= 1
f (x) = xe + e = e (x + 1) .
= . .
f’ ( ) = xe + e + e = e (x + 2)
= .60

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 75


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

40. [Ans. B] 44. [Ans. C]


f(1) = For value of K if trapezoidal rule is used
f( ) = 6 61 2 81 = 0 then the value is either greater than
f(1) 0 f( ) 0 actual value of definite integral and if
1 Simpson’s rule is use then alue is e act
=( )= f( ) 0
2 Hence both statements are TRUE
Root lies etween 1 an
1 45. [Ans. *] Range 0.75 to 0.75
=( )=2 f( ) 0
2 Given =0
fter ' ' interations we get the root = = 0 gi es =0
=1 = 0 or =0 =1
41. [Ans. D] or =0 = 0 Pr = 0| = 0
h Pr ( = 0) ( = 0)
∫ f( ) = f(0) f( ) 2(∑f ) =
2 Pr( = 0)
0 2(0.0 0. 6 Pr =1 =0 =0
.
= [ ] ( Pr =0 =1 =0)
0.81 . . .2 )
. Pr =0 =0 =0
= 1.
Pr =0
= 9.045
. . . . . .
=
42. [Ans. – ]
Given (x) + f(x) + t cos x = 0 ( are in epen ent)
and f(x) = x sin x
f (x) = x cos x + sin x 46. [Ans. *] Range 309.33 to 309.33
f (x) = x ( sin x) + cos x + cos x et ‘S’ e the istance co ere in 20
= 2 cos x – x sin x minutes then y simpson’s rule.
= 2 cos x – f (x)
2 cos x – f (x) + f(x) +t cos x = 0 S=∫ t = elocity
2 cos = tcos t= 2
2
= (0 0) (10 2 2 11 2)
43. [Ans. A]
f( ) = 0. 2 2 2(18 2 20 )
f ( ) = 2.2 2 = 309.33 km
=2 f = 2 f = 1 (here length of each of the subinterval is
f h = 2)
= =0
f
f = f = 2 ECE
f 47. [Ans. B]
= =2
f y(t) =x3 x2 + 4x 4=0
f = 2 f = 1 x0 = 2
f f  x0 
= =0 Next approximation x1  x0 
f f ' x 0 
Also, root does not lies between 0 and 1
x03  x02  4x0  4
So, the method diverges if = 2 x1  x 0 
nly ( )is true. 3x02  2x0  4
8 4
x1  2  
12 3

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 76


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

48. [Ans. C] either one root 0


Given : f(x)= x e (or)
By Newton Raphson method, Product of three roots < 0
f( ) e ption ( )is rong.
= =
f ( ) 1 e Now, take option (A),
e x n Let us take it is correct .
 1  x n  Roots are in complex conjugate pairs
1  e x n
=
Product of roots 0
49. [Ans. B]
y( ) | | | | 0 which is not possible
y( ) = ption ( ) is wrong
orrect answer is option ( )
= y
y old y +0.1 ( ) 52. [Ans. B]
x y = y
= new y
0 0 0+0 =0 0+0.1×0=0 53. [Ans. *] Range: 4.25 to 4.35
0+0.1×0.1 f( ) = 6 8=0
0.1 0 0.1+0=0.1
=0.01 f( ) = 6( ) 8 = 22
0.01+0.21×0.1 f (0) = 10 6
0.2 0.01 0.2+0.01=0.21 f ( )= 2 0 6= 1
=0.031
The value of y at x= 0.3 is 0.031. f( )
=
f( )
= .2
50. [Ans. C]
f( )
= 54. [Ans. *] Range: 0.6 to 0.67
f ( )
y
f(2) = (2 √2 ) = √2 1 and = y 2 y(0) = 1
1 2√2 1 f |1 h| 1
f (2) = 1 =
2√2 2√2 then solution of differential equation is
(√2 1) stable.
=2 = 1.6
√ 1 1 h 1
√ 2 h 0
2
51. [Ans. D] 0 h
f( ) = a a a a a 2
h = = 0.66
If the above equation have complex roots,
then they must be in complex conjugate
pair, because it’s given all co-efficients are 55. [Ans. *] Range: 0.060 to 0.063
positive ( they are real ) Second order R-K Method
So if complex roots are even no. (in pair) y =y ( )
then real roots will also be even. = h f( y )
ption ( )is wrong = hf( hy ) h = 0.1
From the equation y
a f( y) = =y 2
Pro uct of roots = ( 0)
a i en y(0) = 1 =0 y =1
As no. of roots = 4, = 0.1(y 2 )
Product of roots < 1 = 0.1(1) = 0.1

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 77


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

= 0.1 (y 0.1) 2( 0.1) e ( 1) 1


=
( 0.1) e
= 0.1 1.1 0.2 (0.1) = 0.12 Now put i = 0
1 e ( 1) 1
y = y(0.1) = y ( ) =
2 e
1 Put = 1 as given,
=1 (0.1 0.12 )
2 = e ( 2) 1 /e
= 1.11 = 0.71828
E act Solution y = e
.
y(0.1) = (0.1) e = 1.11 1 58. [Ans. C]
E act ppr.
error = 100 =e u(t)
E act t
= 0.0602 x

EE
56. [Ans. D]
Here, = t
1 x = ∫ e u(t) t = ∫ f(t) t
f( y) =
At t = 0.01, x = Area of trapezoidal
Euler’s metho equation is h 0.01
= h. f( y ) = f(0) f(0.01) = 1 e .
2 2
1 = 0.0099
= h( )
h h 59. [Ans. A]
= (1 )
f( )
h =
or sta ility |1 | 1 f ( )
11
h =
1 1 1 2
1 11
since h = Δ here = [ ]
Δ 2
1 1 1
Δ 2 60. [Ans. B]
So ma imum permissi le alue of Δ is 2 . u( ) = 10 sin 0.8 = 0
( ) = 10 10 cos 0.6 = 0
57. [Ans. A] The Jacobian matrix is
Here f(x) = e 1 u u
f (x) = e
The Newton Raphson iterative equation is
f( ) [ ]
= 10 cos 10sin
f ( ) =[ ]
10 sin 20 10cos
f( ) = e 1
The matrix at =0 = 1 is
f’( ) = e
10 0
e 1 =[ ]
= 0 10
e
e – (e 1)
i. e. =
e

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 78


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

61. [Ans. D] Hence, it will have atleast 5 (0+1)= 4


1=0 complex roots.
( 1)( 1) = 0
1=0 1=0 66. [Ans. C]
= 1 = Approach- 1
Given, x3 – 6x2 + 11x – 6 = 0
62. [Ans. C] Or (x – 1)(x – 3)(x – 2) = 0
f( ) = 1, 2, 3.
= Approach- 2
f ( )
(1.2) 2(1.2) 1 For ax3 +bx2 + cx +d = 0
= 1.2 If the three roots are p,q,r then
(1.2) 2
= 0. 0 Sum of the roots= p+q+r= b/a
Product of the roots= pqr= d/a
63. [Ans. *] Range 0.05 to 0.07 pq+qr+rp=c/a
Clearly, x = 0 is root of the equation
f( ) = e 1=0 67. [Ans. D]
f ( ) = e an = 1.0 =
Using ewton raphson metho t
f( ) (e . 1) 1 f( y) =
= =1 =
f ( ) e . e = h( y)
f( ) 1 (e 1)
an = = = h( )
f ( ) e e h h
1 1 = (1 ) ( )
= 1
e e h
= 0. 0.6 1 = 0.06 or sta ility |1 | 1
solute error at 2n itteration is h
|0 0.06| = 0.06 1 1 1
Δ
1 1 1
IN
64. [Ans. A] Δ 2
Assume = √
f( ) = =0 68. [Ans. A]
f( ) 1 2 = t
= = [ ] t
f ( ) 2
t v = t
t
65. [Ans. C] 00 0 0+0 0.1 = 0
Given p(x) = + x + 2 0.1 0 0+0.1 0.1 = 0.01
There is no sign change, hence at most 0
positi e root ( rom escarte’s rule of
69. [Ans. C]
signs)
f( ) = 6
p( x) = x+2
f ( )= 6 = g( )
There is one sign change, hence at most 1
= 1 initial guess
negati e root ( rom escarte’s rule of
g( )=6
signs) g( )
=
g( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 79


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

( )
=1 = 1.
6
g( )
=
g( )
0.
= 1.
= 1. 16

70. [Ans. D]
y
= 2 y = 0 y = 1 h = 0.2
y =y h. f( y )
=1 (0.2)f(0 1) = 1
and y = y [f( y ) f( y )]
= 1 (0.1) f(0 1) f(0.2 1)
= 0. 6
is the value of y after first step, using
Euler’s pre ictor – corrector method

71. [Ans. B]
For convergence
= =
1
= (2 )
=
= √

72. [Ans. *] Range:


f ( )=6
= 0 for min or ma point
= (6 )=0
= 0 or 6 =0
= not possi le
2
is in ( 1 1)as gi en
f ( ) = 12 12 0|
=0 =0
f( ) = 0 f ( ) = 0 =0
f( ) = 0 f ( ) = 0|
is not a min point
f( )| = 2 1 10 = 1
f( )| = 2 1 10 =
f( )| = 0 0 10 = 10
f( )has a min alue at = 1
f( ) = 1

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 80


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Calculus

ME – 2007 8. Consider the shaded triangular region P


( ) shown in the figure. What is∬ xydxdy?
1. y
(A) 0 (C)
x+2y=2
(B) ⁄ (D) 1 1

2. The area of a triangle formed by the tips P x


0 2
of vectors a , b and c is
(A) ⁄ (C) ⁄
(A) ( )( ) (B) ⁄ (D) 1
(B) |( ) ( )|
(C) | | 9. The value of ( )
is

(D) ( ) (A) ⁄ (C) ⁄


(B) ⁄ (D) ⁄

3. If √ √ √ , then 10. In the Taylor series expansion of ex about


x = 2, the coefficient of (x 2)4 is
y (2) =
(A) ⁄ (C) ⁄
(A) 4 or 1 (C) 1 only
(B) ⁄ (D) ⁄
(B) 4 only (D) Undefined

11. The divergence of the vector field


4. The minimum value of function y = x2 in
the interval [1, 5] is (x y) ̂ ( )̂ ( ) ̂ is
(A) 0 (C) 25 (A) 0 (C) 2
(B) 1 (D) Undefined (B) 1 (D) 3

ME – 2008 12. Let What is at x=2, y=1?


5. The length of the curve (A) 0 (C) 1
between x = 0 and x = 1 is (B) ln2 (D) 1/ln2
(A) 0.27 (C) 1
(B) 0.67 (D) 1.22 ME – 2009
13. The area enclosed between the curves
6. Which of the following integrals is y 2  4x and x2  4y is
unbounded? (A) ⁄ (C) ⁄
(A) ∫ (C) ∫ (B) 8 (D) 16
(B) ∫ (D) ∫
14. The distance between the origin and the
point nearest to it on the surface
7. The directional derivative of the scalar
z2  1  xy is
function f(x, y, z) = x2  2y 2  z at the
(A) 1 (C) √
point P = (1, 1, 2) in the direction of the
vector ⃗ ̂ ̂ is (B) √ ⁄ (D) 2
(A) 4 (C) 1
(B) 2 (D) 1

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 81


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

15. A path AB in the form of one quarter of a ME – 2011


circle of unit radius is shown in the figure. 21. If f(x) is an even function and is a positive
Integration of  x  y  on path AB real number, then ∫ ( )dx equals
2

(A) 0 (C)
traversed in a counter-clockwise sense is
Y (B) (D) ∫ ( )
B
22. What is equal to?
X (A) (B) s (C) 0 (D) 1
A
(A) (C) 23. A series expansion for the function s is
(B) (D) 1
( )

16. The divergence of the vector field ( )


̂ ̂ ̂ at a point (1,1,1) is
equal to ( )
(A) 7 (C) 3
(B) 4 (D) 0 ( )

ME – 2010
17. Velocity vector of a flow field is given as ME – 2012
⃗ ̂ .̂ The vorticity vector at 24. Consider the function ( ) in the
(1, 1, 1) is interval . At the point x = 0,
(A) 4 ̂ ̂ (C) ̂ ̂ f(x) is
(A) Continuous and differentiable.
(B) 4 ̂ ̂ (D) ̂ ̂
(B) Non – continuous and differentiable.
18. The function (C) Continuous and non – differentiable.
(A) s o uous ∀ ∈ R (D) Neither continuous nor
r ∀ ∈R differentiable.
(B) s o uous ∀ ∈ R
r ∀ ∈R 25. ( ) is
except at x = 3/2 (A) 1/4 (B) 1/2 (C) 1 (D) 2
(C) s o uous ∀ ∈ R
r ∀ ∈R 26. At x = 0, the function f(x) = has
except at x = 2/3 (A) A maximum value
(D) s o uous ∀ ∈ R except at x = 3 (B) A minimum value
r ∀ ∈R (C) A singularity
(D) A point of inflection
19. The value of the integral ∫ is
(A) –π (C) π 27. For the spherical surface
(B) –π (D) π the unit outward normal vector at the point

20. The parabolic arc √ is ( ) s


√ √
revolved around the x-axis. The volume of
the solid of revolution is ( ) ̂ ̂
√ √
(A) π (C) π
( ) ̂ ̂
(B) π (D) π √ √
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 82
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

( )̂ 33.

( ) ̂ ̂ ̂ ( ) s u o
√ √ √ s ( )
(A) 0 (C) 1
28. The area enclosed between the straight (B) 0.5 (D) 2
line y = x and the parabola y = in the
x – y plane is 34. Curl of vector
(A) 1/6 (C) 1/3 ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ s
(B) 1/4 (D) 1/2 (A) ( )̂ ̂ ̂
(B) ( )̂ ̂ ̂
ME – 2013 (C) ̂ ̂ ̂
29. The following surface integral is to be ̂
(D) ̂ ̂
evaluated over a sphere for the given
steady velocity vector field
35. The best approximation of the minimum
defined with respect to a
value attained by s (100x) for ≥
cartesian coordinate system having i, j and
is _______
k as unit base vectors.
∫∫ ( ) 36. If a function is continuous at a point,
Where S is the sphere, (A) the limit of the function may not exist
and n is the outward unit normal vector to at the point
the sphere. The value of the surface (B) the function must be derivable at the
integral is point
(A) π (C) π⁄ (C) the limit of the function at the point
(B) π (D) π tends to infinity
(D) the limit must exist at the point and
30. The value of the definite integral the value of limit should be same as
∫ √ ( ) is the value of the function at that point

( ) √ ( ) √ 37. Divergence of the vector field


̂ ̂ ̂ ( ) is
( ) √ ( ) √ (A) 0 (C) 5
(B) 3 (D) 6
ME – 2014
31. 38. The value of the integral
s
s ( ) s ( )
os ∫ s
( ) os ( )
(A) 0 (C) 3
(B) 1 (D)Not defined (A) 3 (C) 1
(B) 0 (D) 2
32. Which one of the following describes the
relationship among the three vectors 39. The value of the integral ∫ ∫ is
̂ ̂ ̂ +
̂ ̂ ̂
+ ̂ ̂ ̂
(A) The vectors are mutually ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
perpendicular
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
(B) The vectors are linearly dependent
(C) The vectors are linearly independent
(D) The vectors are unit vectors

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 83


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

ME – 2015 47. The values of x for which the function


( )
40. The value of s ( )
(A) 0 ( ) ⁄ is NOT continuous are
( ) ⁄ (D) Undefined (A) (C) 4 and 1
(B) 4 and 1 (D)
41. At x = 0, the function f(x) = |x| has
(A) A minimum 48. A scalar potential has the following
(B) A maximum gradient:
(C) A point of inflexion ̂ ̂ ̂.
(D) Neither a maximum nor minimum Consider the integral
∫ r on the curve r ̂ ̂ ̂.
42. The value of
The curve C is parameterized as
s
( ) s
s os follows:{

43. Let be an arbitrary smooth real valued The value of the integral is ________
scalar function and ⃗ be an arbitrary
smooth vector valued function in a three- 49.
dimensional space Which one of the o ( )
s u o
following is an identity?
(A) ur ( ⃗ ) ( ⃗) (A) 0 (C)
(B) ⃗ (B) (D) 1
(C) Div Curl⃗
(D) ( ⃗) ⃗ 50. The value of the line integral ∮ ̅ r̅ s,
where C is a circle of radius units is ____

44. The value of ∫ [( ) Here, ̅ ( ) ̂ ̂ and r̅ is the UNIT
( ) ] tangent vector on the curve C at an arc
(where C is the boundary of the region length s from a reference point on the
boundary by x = 0, y = 0 and x + y = 1) is curve. ̂ and ̂ are the basic vector in the x-
_____________ y Cartesian reference. In evaluating the
line integral, the curve has to be traversed
ME – 2016 in the counter-clockwise direction.
45. o s r u o ( ) in
the domain [ 1, 2]. The global minimum 51. √ s
of f(x)is _______ (A) 0 (C) 1/2
(B) (D)
46. The value of the integral
s CE – 2007

52. Potential function  is given as
Evaluated using contour integration and = . When will be the stream
the residue theorem is function () with the condition
(A) π s ( ) (C) sin(1)/e  = 0 at x = y = 0?
(B) π os( ) (D) cos(1)/e (A) 2xy (C)
(B) + (D) 2

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 84


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

53. Evaluate ∫ CE – 2010


60. A parabolic cable is held between two
(A) π (C) π⁄
supports at the same level. The horizontal
(B) π⁄ (D) π⁄
span between the supports is L. The sag at
the mid-span is h. The equation of the
54. A velocity is given as
̅ = 5xy + 2 y2 + 3yz2⃗ . The divergence parabola is y = 4h where x is the
of this velocity vector at (1 1 1) is horizontal coordinate and y is the vertical
(A) 9 (C) 14 coordinate with the origin at the centre of
(B) 10 (D) 15 the cable. The expression for the total
length of the cable is
CE – 2008
(A) ∫ √
55. The equation + = 0 can be
(B) 2∫ √
transformed to + = 0 by substituting

(A) (C) √ (C) ∫ √

(B)
(D) √ (D) ∫ √

( )
56. The inner (dot) product of two vectors ⃗ 61. The is
and ⃗⃗ is zero. The angle (degrees) (A) 2/3 (C) 3/2
between in two vectors is (B) 1 (D)
(A) 0 (C) 90
(B) 30 (D) 120 62. Given a function
57. The value of ∫ ∫ ( ) is ( )
(A) 13.5 (C) 40.5 The optimal value of f(x, y)
(B) 27.0 (D) 54.0 (A) Is a minimum equal to 10/3
(B) Is a maximum equal to 10/3
CE – 2009 (C) Is a minimum equal to 8/3
58. For a scalar function (D) Is a maximum equal to 8/3
f(x, y, z) = + 3 + 2 the gradient at
the point P (1, 2, 1) is CE – 2011

(A) 2 + 6 + 4⃗ (C) 2 + 12 + 4⃗ 63. ∫ ?
√ √
(B) 2 + 12 – 4⃗ (D) √ (A) 0 (C) a
(B) a/2 (D) 2a
59. For a scalar function
f(x, y, z) = the directional 64. W s ou u o λ such that
derivative at the point P(1, 2, 1) in the the function defined below is continuous
direction of a vector ⃗ is π ?
(A) (C) √ π
(B) √ (D) 18 f(x)={
π
(A) 0 (C) 1
(B) π (D) π

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 85


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

65. If ⃗ and ⃗ are two arbitrary vectors with 71. A particle moves along a curve whose
parametric equation are :
magnitudes a and b respectively. |⃗ ⃗ |
and z = 2 sin (5t), where x, y
will be equal to
and z show variations of the distance
(A) – (⃗ ⃗ ) (C) + (⃗ ⃗ ) covered by the particle (in cm) with time
(B) ab ⃗ ⃗ (D) ab + ⃗ ⃗ t (in s). The magnitude of the acceleration
of the particle (in cm s ) at t = 0 is
CE – 2012 ___________
66. For the parallelogram OPQR shown in the
sketch, ̅̅̅̅ ̂ ̂ and ̅̅̅̅
R ̂ ̂. 72. If {x} is a continuous, real valued random
The area of the parallelogram is variable defined over the interval
Q ( ) and its occurrence is defined
by the density function given as:
R ( ) ( )
w r ‘ ’ ‘ ’ r

P the statistical attributes of the random
variable {x}. The value of the integral
O ( )
∫ dx is

(A) ad –bc (C) ad + bc (A) 1 (C) π
(B) ac+bd (D) ab – cd (B) 0.5 (D) π⁄

67. The infinity series


73. The expression s u o
orr s o s o (A) log x (C) x log x
(A) sec (C) os (B) 0 (D)
(B) (D) s
CE – 2015
CE – 2013 74. The directional derivative of the field
68. The value of ∫ os s s u( ) in the direction of the
vector ( ̂ ̂ ̂) o ( ) is __
(A) 0 (C) 1
(B) 1/15 (D) 8/3
75. Given, √ the value of the definite
CE – 2014 integral,
69. ( ) u s o os s
∫ s
(A) (C) 1 os s
(B) (D)
(A) 1 (C)
(B) (D)
70. With reference to the conventional
Cartesian (x, y) coordinate system, the
CE – 2016
vertices of a triangle have the following
76. If the entries in each column of a square
coordinates:
matrix M add up to 1, then an eigenvalue
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
of M is
( ) ( ). The area of the
(A) 4 (C) 2
triangle is equal to
(B) 3 (D) 1
(A) ⁄ (C) ⁄
(B) ⁄ (D) ⁄

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 86


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

77. The value of CS – 2007


s 83. Consider the following two statements
∫ ∫ s
about the function f(x) =|x|:
(A) π (C) π P: f(x) is continuous for all real values of x
(B) π (D) Q: f(x) is differentiable for all real values
of x
78. The area of the region bounded by the Which of the following is true?
parabola 1 and the straight line (A) P is true Q is false
= 3 is (B) P is false Q is true
(A) 59/6 (C) 10/3 (C) Both P and Q are true
(B) 9/2 (D) 7/6 (D) Both P and Q are false

79. The respective expressions for CS – 2008


complimentary function and particular x  sinx
84. Lim equals
integral part of the solution of the x   cosx
x
differential equation (A) 1 (C)
r (B) 1 (D)

(A) ⌊ s √ 85. Let


os √ ⌋ [ ] P=∑ ∑
(B) ⌊ s √
where k is a positive integer. Then
os √ ⌋ [ ] (A) (C)
(C) ⌊ s √ (B) (D)
os √ ⌋ [ ]
(D) ⌊ 86. A point on a curve is said to be extreme if
[ it is a local minimum or a local maximum.
s √ os √ ⌋
The number of distinct extrema for the
]
curve 3x  16x  24x  37 is
4 3 2

80. What is the value of (A) 0 (C) 2


(B) 1 (D) 3

(A) 1 CS – 2009
(B) 1 87. ∫ evaluates to
(C) 0 (A) 0 (C) ln2
(D) Limit does not exist (B) 1 (D) ln 2

81. The angle of intersection of the curves CS – 2010


at point (0, 0) is
(A) 0 (C) 45 88. What is the value of ( ) ?
(B) 30 (D) 90 (A) 0 (C)
(B) (D) 1
82. The area between the parabola = 8y
and the straight line y = 8 is _________.

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 87


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

CS – 2011 93. A function f (x) is continuous in the


89. Given i = √ , what will be the interval [0, 2]. It is known that
evaluation of the definite integral f(0) = f(2) = 1 and f(x) = 1. Which one
of the following statements must be true?

(A) There exists a y in the interval (0,1)
(A) 0 (C) –i
such that f(y) = f(y + 1)
(B) 2 (D) i
(B) For every y in the interval (0, 1),
f(y) = f(2 y)
CS – 2012
(C) The maximum value of the function
90. Consider the function f(x)= sin(x) in the
in the interval (0, 2) is 1
interval x [π⁄ π⁄ ]. The number and
(D) There exists a y in the interval (0, 1)
location(s) of the local minima of this
such that f(y) ( )
function are
(A) One , at π⁄
94. If and are 4 – dimensional subspace
(B) One , at π⁄
of a 6 – dimensional vector space V, then
(C) Two , at π⁄ and π
the smallest possible dimension of
(D) Two , at π⁄ and π
is ____________.

CS – 2013
91. Which one the following function is 95. If ∫ s dx = π, then the value of k
continuous at x =3? is equal to_______.

(A) ( ) { 96. The value of the integral given below is

∫ os
(B) ( ) {
(A) π (C) – π
(C) ( ) {
(B) π (D) π
(D) ( )
CS – 2015
CS – 2014 97. If g (x) = 1 and h(x) = ,
92. Let the function ( ( ))
Then s
s os ( ( ))
( ) ( )
( ) |s (π ) os(π ) (π )| (A) (C)
( ) ( )
s (π ) os(π ) (π )
(B) (D) ( )
Where ∈[ ] and ( ) denote the
derivation of f with respect to . Which of
98. s
the following statements is/are TRUE?
(A) (C)
(I) There exists
(B) (D) Not defined
∈( ) su ( )
(II) There exists 99. ∫
( )

∈( ) su ( )
(A) I only 100.
(B) II only
(C) Both I and II ∑
( )
(D) Neither I nor II

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 88


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

101. Let f(x) = ( ) and a denote the area of


the region bounded by f(x) and the X-axis,

(C) 3  2 2  1  2 x  e2
  
when -varies from 1 to 1. Which of the (D)
following statements is/are TRUE?
(I) F is continuous in [ 1, 1] 108. For x <<1, coth(x) can be
(II) F is not bounded in [ 1, 1] approximated as
(III) A is nonzero and finite (A) x (C)
(A) II only (C) II and III only (B) x2
(D)
(B) III only (D) I, II and III

109. Consider the function f(x) = x – 2.


102. The value of ( ) is
The maximum value of f(x) in the closed
(A) 0 (C) 1
interval [ 4,4] is
(B) ⁄ (D)
(A) 18 (C) 2.25
103. If for non-zero x, (B) 10 (D) Indeterminate

a.f (x)+ bf ( )
110. Which one of the following function is
strictly bounded?
w r ∫ ( ) s (A) (C) x 2
(B) e x
(D)
( ) [ ( ) ]
sin   / 2
( ) [ ( ) ] 111. lim is
 0 
( ) [ ( ) ] (A) 0.5 (C) 2
(B) 1 (D) not defined
( ) [ ( ) ]
112. The following Plot shows a function y
CS – 2016 which varies linearly with x. The value of
2
104.
the integral I   ydx is
s ( ) 1
Y

105. Let ( ) be a polynomial and ( ) ( ) 3


be its derivative. If the degree of 2
( ( ) ( )) is 10, then the degree of
1
( ( ) ( )) is __________ X
1 1 2 3
(A) 1.0 (C) 4.0
106. The value of the expression (mod
(B) 2.5 (D) 5.0
17), in the range 0 to 16, is __________

ECE – 2008
ECE – 2007
113. Consider points P and Q in the x –y plane,
107. For the function , the linear
with P=(1,0) and Q=(0,1). The line
approximation around = 2 is
Q
(A) (3 x) integral 2  xdx  ydy  along the
(B) 1 x P

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 89


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

semicircle with the line segment PQ as its ECE – 2009


diameter 119. The Taylor series expansion of
(A) is 1 sinx
at x   is given by
(B) is 0 x
(C) is 1
 x  
2

(D) depends on the direction (clockwise (A) 1   .....


3!
or anticlockwise) of the semicircle
 x  
2

(B) 1   .....
114. In the Taylor series expansion of 3!
exp(x)+sin(x) about the point x=π the  x  
2

coefficient of (x π)2 is (C) 1   .....


3!
(A) (π) (C) (π)
 x  
2
(B) (π) (D) (π) (D) 1   .....
3!
115. Which of the following functions would
have only odd powers of x in its Taylor 120. If a vector field ⃗ is related to another
series expansion about the point x=0? vector field ⃗ through ⃗ = ⃗ , which
(A) sin(x3) (C) cos(x3) of the following is true? Note: C and
(B) sin(x2) (D) cos(x2) refer to any closed contour and any
surface whose boundary is C.
116. The value of the integral of the function (A) ∮ ⃗ ⃗ = ∬ ⃗ ⃗
g(x, y)=4x3+10y4 along the straight line
segment from the point (0,0) to the point (B) ∮ ⃗ ⃗ = ∬⃗ ⃗
(1,2) in the x y plane is (C) ∮ ⃗ ⃗ = ∬⃗ ⃗
(A) 33 (C) 40 ⃗ ⃗ =
(D) ∮ ∬⃗ ⃗
(B) 35 (D) 56

ECE – 2010
117. For real values of x, the minimum value of
the function f(x)=exp(x)+ exp( x) is 121. If ⃗ ̂ ̂ , then ∮ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ over the
(A) 2 (C) 0.5 path shown in the figure is
(B) 1 (D) 00

118. Consider points P and Q in the x-y plane,


with P=(1, 0) and Q= (0, 1).
r ∫ ( ) along
the semicircle with the line segment PQ as
its diameter
(A) Is √ √
(B) Is 0 (A) 0 (C) 1
(C) Is 1 (B) ⁄√ (D) 2√
(D) Depends on the direction
(clockwise or anti-clockwise) of the 122. If , then has a
semicircle (A) maximum at
(B) minimum at
(C) maximum at
(D) minimum at
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 90
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

ECE – 2011 ECE – 2014


123. Consider a closed surface S surrounding a 129. The volume under the surface
volume V. If r is the position vector of a z(x, y) = x+y and above the triangle in
point inside S, with ̂ the unit normal of S, the x-y plane defined by
the value of the integral ∯ r̂ ⃗ is {0 y x and 0 x 12} is______
(A) 3V (C) 10V
130. For the maximum value of the
(B) 5V (D) 15V
function ( ) occurs at
ECE\IN – 2012 (A) o (C)
124. The direction of vector A is radially (B) o (D) o
outward from the origin, with r
where r and K is 131. The value of ( ) is
constant. The value of n for which
(A) (C)
. A = 0 is
(B) (D)
(A) 2 (C) 1
(B) 2 (D) 0 132. The maximum value of the function
( ) ( ) (w r )
ECE\EE – 2012
125. The maximum value of occurs at x =____.
( ) in the interval
[1,6] is 133. The maximum value of
( ) in the interval
(A) 21 (C) 41
0 x 3 is ______.
(B) 25 (D) 46

ECE – 2013 134. For a right angled triangle, if the sum of


126. The maximum value of unit which the the lengths of the hypotenuse and a side
approximation s holds to within is kept constant, in order to have
10% error is maximum area of the triangle, the angle
(A) (C) between the hypotenuse and the side is
(B) (D) (A) 12 (C) 60
(B) 36 (D) 45
127. The divergence of the vector field
⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ is 135. The magnitude of the gradient for the
(A) 0 (C) 1 function ( ) at the
(B) 1/3 (D) 3 point (1,1,1) is_______.

128. Consider a vector field ⃗ (r) The closed loop 136. The directional derivative of
line integral ∮ ⃗ can be expressed as ( ) ( ) ( )in the direction

(A) ∯( ⃗ ) s over the closed of the unit vector at an angle of with
surface boundary by the loop y axis, is given by ________________.
(B) ∰( ⃗ )dv over the closed volume
bounded by the loop
(C) ∭( ⃗ )dv over the open volume
bounded by the loop
(D) ∬( ⃗ ) s over the closed surface
bounded by the loop

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 91


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

137. The Taylor expansion of s os is ( ) ( )


( )

( )

( ) ( ) ( )
( )

138. The series ∑ converges to


(A) (C) ( ) ( )
(B) √ (D)

ECE – 2015
139. A function ( ) is defined
in the closed interval [ 1, 1]. The value of
x, in the open interval (–1, 1) for which
the mean value theorem is satisfied, is 143. Let ( ) .
(A) (C)
If ( ) ( ) or
(B) (D)
, then d should be equal to
__________
140. A vector ⃗ is given by
⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ . Which of 144. The value of the integral
the following statements is TRUE? s ( π)
∫ os( π ) s
(A) ⃗ is solenoidal, but not irrotational π
(B) ⃗ is irrotational, but not solensoidal
(C) ⃗ is neither solenoidal nor 145. If C denotes the counter clockwise unit
irrotational circle, the value of contour integral
(D) ⃗ is both solenoidal and irrotational ∮R ( ) s
π
141. The maximum area (in square unit) of a
rectangle whose vertices lies on the 146. The contour on the x-y plane, where the
ellipse partial derivative of with respect
to y is equal to the partial derivative of
s
6y + 4x with respect to x, is
142. Which of the following wave forms (A) y = 2 (C) x = y = 4
represent given function (B) x = 2 (D) x – y = 0
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) 147. The value of ∑ ( ) s

ECE – 2016
148. Given the following statements about a
function R R s r o o
( )s o uous
s so r

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 92


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

( )s o uous
( ) u
o r
R ( )s r ( ) u
s so o uous
(A) P is true, Q is false, R is false ( ) u
(B) P is false, Q is true, R is true
(C) P is false, Q is true, R is false ( ) u
(D) P is true, Q is false, R is true
155. A triangle in the xy-plane is bounded by
149. The integral the straight lines 2x = 3y, y = 0 and x = 3.
The volume above the triangle and under
∬( )
π the plane x + y + z = 6 is __________
where denotes the disc ,
EE – 2007
evaluates to_____
156. The integral ∫ s ( ) os equals
150. As r s ro o w o o (A) s os (C) (1/2) os
the following describes the behavior of (B) 0 (D) (1/2) s
the function
( ) EE – 2008
?
(A) ( ) increases monotonically 157. Consider function f(x)= ( ) where
(B) ( ) increases, then decreases and x is a real number. Then the function has
increases again (A) only one minimum
(C) ( ) decreases, then increases and (B) only two minima
decreases again (C) three minima
(D) ( ) increases and then decreases (D) three maxima

EE – 2009
151. How many distinct values of 𝑥 satisfy the 158. f(x, y) is a continuous function defined
equation s ( ) ⁄ , where 𝑥 is in over (x, y) ∈ [0, 1] [0, 1]. Given the two
radians? constraints, x > and y > , the
(A) 1 (C) 3 volume under f(x, y) is
(B) 2 (D) 4 or more √
(A) ∫ ∫ ( )
152. Suppose C is the closed curve defined as (B) ∫ ∫ ( )
the circle with C oriented
(C) ∫ ∫ ( )
anti-clockwise.
√ √
The value of ∮ ( ) over the (D) ∫ ∫ ( )
curve C equals __________
159. A cubic polynomial with real coefficients
153. For ( )
( )
, the residue of the pole at (A) can possibly have no extrema and no
zero crossings
z = 0 is __________
(B) may have up to three extrema and
upto 2 zero crossings
154. If the vectors ( ) ( )
(C) cannot have more than two extrema
and ( ) or or o o
and more than three zero crossings
basis of the three dimensional real space
(D) will always have an equal number of
R or u ( ) ∈ R can
extrema and zero crossings
be expressed as

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 93


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

160. F(x, y) = ( )̂ ( )̂ ’s 167. The curl of the gradient of the scalar field
line integral over the straight line from defined by s
( ) = (0, 2) to ( ) = (2, 0) (A)
evaluates to (B)
(A) –8 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D) 0 (C) ( ) ( )
( )
EE – 2010
(D)
161. At t = 0, the function ( ) has
(A) a minimum EE – 2014
(B) a discontinuity 168. Let ( ) . The maximum value of
(C) a point of inflection the function in the interval ( ) is
(D) a maximum (A) (C)
(B) (D)
162. Divergence of the three-dimensional
radial vector field r is
169. The line integral of function , in the
(A) 3 (C) ̂ ̂ ̂ counterclockwise direction, along the
(B) 1/r (D) ̂( ̂ ̂) circle is
163. The value of the quantity P, where (A) π (C) π
(B) π (D) π
∫ , is equal to
(A) 0 (C) e 170. Minimum of the real valued function
(B) 1 (D) 1/e ( ) ( ) occurs at x equal to
(A) (C) 1
EE – 2011 (B) (D)
164. The two vectors [1, 1, 1] and [1, a, ],
where a = (

), are 171. To evaluate the double integral
( ⁄ )
(A) orthonormal ∫ (∫ ( ) ) dy, we make the
(B) orthogonal substitution u = ( ) and . The
(C) parallel
integral will reduce to
(D) collinear
( ) ∫ (∫ u u )
165. The function f(x) = 2x – has
(A) a maxima at x = 1 and a minima at ( ) ∫ (∫ u u )
x=5
(B) a maxima at x = 1 and a minima at
( ) ∫ (∫ u u )
x= 5
(C) only a maxima at x = 1
(D) only a minima at x = 1 ( ) ∫ (∫ u u )

EE – 2013 172. A particle, starting from origin at t = 0 s,


166. Given a vector field is traveling along x-axis with velocity
, the line integral π π
os ( ) s
∫ evaluated along a segment on the x-
axis from x = 1 to x = 2 is At t = 3 s, the difference between the
(A) 2.33 (C) 2.33 distance covered by the particle and the
(B) 0 (D) 7 magnitude of displacement from the
origin is _________

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 94


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

173. ( ) Where f and 178. Given f(z) = g(z) + h(z), where f, g, h are
v are scalar and vector fields respectively. complex valued functions of a complex
If is variable z. Which one of the following
(A) statements is TRUE?
(B) (A) If f(z) is differentiable at , then g(z)
(C) and h(z) are also differentiable at .
(D) (B) If g(z) and h(z) are differentiable at ,
then f(z) is also differentiable at .
174. The minimum value of the function (C) If f(z) is continuous at , then it is
( ) 0 in the differentiable at .
interval [ ] is (D) If f(z) is differentiable at , then so
(A) 20 (C) 16 are its real and imaginary parts
(B) 28 (D) 32
179. The volume enclosed by the surface
EE – 2015 f(x, y) = over the triangle bounded by
175. Consider a function r̂, where r is the the lines x = y; x = 0; y = 1 in the xy
plane is __________.
distance from the origin and r̂ is the unit
vector in the radial direction. The
EE – 2016
divergence of this function over a sphere
180. The value of the integral
of radius R, which includes the origin, is
(A) 0 (C) π ∮
(B) π (D) Rπ ( )( )
Over the contour |z| = 1, taken in the anti-
176. If a continuous function f (x) does not clockwise direction, would be
have a root in the interval [a, b], then π
( ) ( )
which one of the following statements is
TRUE? π
( ) ( )
(A) ( ) ⋅ ( ) (C) ( ) ⋅ ( )
(B) ( ) ⋅ ( ) (D) ( ) ( )
181. The value of ∮ ( ) where
177. Match the following. ( ) is the Dirac delta function, is
P. o ’s 1. ∯ s ( ) ( )
Theorem 2. ∮ ( )
Q. G uss’s 3. ∭( ) ∯ s ( ) ( )
Theorem 4. ∬( ) s ∮
R. Divergence 182. The value of the line integral
Theorem
S. u ’s ∫( )
Integral
Theorem along a path joining the origin (0, 0, 0)
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 and the point (1, 1, 1) is
(B) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-2 (A) 0 (C) 4
(C) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (B) 2 (D) 6
(D) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 95


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

183. The value of the integral 191.


s
s π s
∫( ) s u o
π
(A) Indeterminate (C) 1
(A) 0 (C) 1 (B) 0 (D)
(B) 0.5 (D) 2
IN – 2009
184. The line integral of the vector field 192. A sphere of unit radius is centered at the
̂ ( )̂ ̂ along a origin. The unit normal at a point (x, y, z)
path from (0, 0, 0) to (1, 1, 1) on the surface of the sphere is
parametrized by ( ) is ______. (A) (x, y, z) (C) ( )
√ √ √
(B) ( )
IN – 2007 √ √ √ (D) ( )
√ √ √
185. The value of the integral
∫ ∫ dx dy is. IN – 2010
(C) Π 193. The electric charge density in the region
(A) √π⁄
(D) π⁄ R: is given as
(B) √π
σ( ) , where x and y are in
meters. The total charge (in coulomb)
186. Consider the function f(x) = , where x
contained in the region R is
is real. Then the function f(x) at x = 0 is
(A) π (C) π⁄
(A) continuous but not differentiable
(B) π (D) 0
(B) once differentiable but not twice
(C) twice differentiable but not thrice
194. The infinite series
(D) thrice differentiable
( )
converges to
187. For real x, the maximum value of is.
(A) cos (x) (C) sinh(x)
(A) 1 (C) √
(B) sin(x) (D)
(B) e 1 (D)
IN – 2011
IN – 2008
195. The series ∑ ( ) converges
188. Consider the function y = x2 6x + 9. The
for
maximum value of y obtained when x
(A) (C)
varies over the interval 2 to 5 is
(B) (D)
(A) 1 (C) 4
(B) 3 (D) 9
IN – 2013
196. For a vector E, which one the following
189. The expression for x > 0 is equal to
statement is NOT TRUE?
(A) – (C)
(A) E E s so o
(B) x (D)
(B) If E E is called conservative
190. Given y = + 2x + 10, the value of | (C) If E E is called irrotational
is equal to (D) E E s ir-rotational
(A) 0 (C) 12
(B) 4 (D) 13

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 96


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

IN – 2014 201. The double integral ∫ ∫ ( ) is


197. A vector is defined as equivalent to
̂ ̂ ̂
̂ are unit vectors in ( ) ∫ ∫ ( )
Where ̂ ̂
Cartesian ( ) coordinate system.
( ) ∫ ∫ ( )
The surface integral ∯ f.ds over the
closed surface S of a cube with vertices
having the following coordinates: ( ) ∫ ∫ ( )
(0,0,0),(1,0,0),(1,1,0),(0,1,0),(0,0,1),
(1,0,1),(1,1,1),(0,1,1) is________ ( ) ∫ ∫ ( )

198. A scalar valued function is defined IN – 2016


as ( ) , where A is a 202. A straight line of the form y = mx + c
symmetric positive definite matrix with passes through the origin and the point
dimension n× n ; b and x are vectors of (x, y) = (2, 6). The value of m is ________ .
dimension n×1. The minimum value of
( ) will occur when x equals
203. (√ √ ) s
(A) ( ) (C) ( )
(B) – ( )
204. The vector that is NOT perpendicular to
(D)
the vectors ( ) and ( ) is
199. Given
_________
() s ( π)
π (A) ( ) (C) ( )
() os ( π ) (B) ( ) (D) ( )
The o w
(A) A circle 205. In the neighbourhood of , the
(B) A multi-loop closed curve function ( ) has a power series
(C) Hyperbola expansion of the form
(D) An ellipse ( ) ( ) ( )
Then ( ) is
IN – 2015 ( ) ( )
200. The magnitude of the directional
derivative of the function ( ) ( ) ( )
in a direction normal to the circle
, at the point (1, 1), is
(A) √ (C) √
(B) √ (D) √

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 97


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Answer Keys and Explanations

ME
1. [Ans. B] 5. [Ans. D]
( )
s ∫√ ( )
This is of the form ( )
∴ L =∫ (√ ).dx
Applying L hospital rule
( )
( ) = ( ) |

= =1.22

=
6. [Ans. D]
= To see whether the integrals are bounded
or unbounded, we need to see that the
2. [Ans. B] r o s ’ r
Let the vectors be interval of integration. Let us write down
the range of the integrands in the 4
options,
A (0,1); B (0,1); C (0, ); D (0, )
( )(⃗ )(⃗ )
Thus, (D) , i.e., ∫ dx is unbounded.

7. [Ans. B]
Now Area vector will be perpendicular to r o r o u o Φ
⃗⃗
plane of i.e. along a vector ⃗ s ( r Φ)
will be the required unit vector. Hence directional derivative is
And option (A), (D) cannot give a vector ( ̂ ̂)
(grad (x2+2y2+z)).
product √
̂ ̂)
∴ |(⃗ ⃗ ) (⃗ )| (2x ̂ ̂ ̂ ). (

=
3. [Ans. B] Hence at (1,1,2),
Given: √ √ √ Directional derivative =

⟹( ) √
8. [Ans. A]
⟹( )
I = ∬ .dx dy

The limit of y is form 0 to and limit
For
∴ of x from 0 to 2
But y is always greater than x. I =∫ ∫ ∫ ( )
Hence y= 4 only.
= ∫ ( )
4. [Ans. B] = ∫ ( )
Since interval given is bounded, so
minimum value of functions is 1. = [ ] =

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 98


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

9. [Ans. B] x4
  4x
L= 16
( )
Let x= a3 ⇒ a=2 or x4  64x

( ) or x(x3  64)  0

Now by partial fractions, or x3  64


(a3 8) = (a 2)(a2+2a+4) or x  4
⇒L= =  y 4

 Required area = ∫ (√ )
10. [Ans. C] 4
Taylor series expansion of f(x) about a is  2 x3 
 2  x3 2   
given by  3 12 0
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 4 64
  (4)3 2 
( ) 3 12
Coefficient of (x- )⁴ s
32 16 16
Now f(x)= ex   
3 3 3
⇒ (x)= ex
Alternately
⇒ (a)= ea
( )
For point where both parabolas cut each
Hence for a=2, other
y2  4x, x2  4y
11. [Ans. D]
div {( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂}  x2  4 4x
( ) ( ) ( ) or x2  8 x
=3 or x4  64x
or x3  64
12. [Ans. C]  x   4,0 ,(4,0)
 Required area
4 4
x2
⇒   4x   dx
0 0 4
4
⇒ ( )  2 x3  16
 2  x3 2    
 3 12 0 3
⇒ ( )

14. [Ans. A]
( )
( ) Short method:
Take a point on the curve z = 1, x = 0,
13. [Ans. A] y=0
Given: Length between origin and this point
y 2  4x √( ) ( ) ( ) =1
x  4y
2
This is minimum length because all
options have length greater than 1.

(4,4)
(0,0)

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 99


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

15. [Ans. B] ̂ ̂ ̂
Y
|| ||
B

̂ ( )̂
o ( ) ̂ ̂
X
A
x = cos  18. [Ans. C]
y=sin 
Path is x2  y 2  1
R  e ⇒
(x  y)  1  2sin  cos 
2

2 2
 cos2 
  (1  sin2)d   
0  2 0
 1 1 
=    1 1 1 2
2 2 2 2
Alternately
Given: x2  y 2  1 y is continuous for all x ∈ R, and

Put x=cos  , and y=sin  differentiable for all x ∈ R, except at ,


since at so o s ’ s
x  y
2
 cos2   sin2   2sin cos 
value towards the left and right side of
= 1  sin2

∴∫ ( s )
19. [Ans. D]
2
 cos2    1 1 ∫ [ ] π
      2  2  2
 2 0  
 
   1 20. [Ans. D]
 2 
∫ π
16. [Ans. C]
Volume from x = 1 to x = 2,
F  3xzi  2xyj  yz2k
∴ ⃗ ⃗ ∫π
( ) ( ) ( )

 3z  2x  2yz
At point (1, 1, 1), divergence =3+2 2=3 π ∫ π[ ]

17. [Ans. D] π
π( )

or ⃗ ⃗
21. [Ans. D]
If f(x) even function
∫ ( ) ∫ ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 100


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

22. [Ans. D] 28. [Ans. A]


Standard limit formulae The area enclosed is shown below as
shaded
23. [Ans. B]

s ( )

24. [Ans. C]
The function is continuous in [ 1, 1]
( )
It is also differentiable in [ 1, 1] except at
The coordinates of point P and Q is
x = 0.
obtained by solving
Since Left derivative = 1 and
y = x and y = simultaneously,
Right derivative = 1 at x = 0
i.e. x =
⇒ ( )
25. [Ans. B]

os
Now, x = 0 ⇒ which is point Q(0,0)
and x = 1 ⇒ which is point
Using this standard limit, here a = 1 then
P(1,1)
= ( ) /2 =1/2
So required area is
26. [Ans. D]
∫ ∫
( )
( ) ⟹
( ) [ ] [ ]
( )
f(x) has a point of inflection at x =0.

27. [Ans. A]
29. [Ans. A]
By Gauss Divergence theorem,
( )

r ̂ ̂ ̂ ∬( ̅ ̅) s ∭( )
̂ ̂ ̂
(Surface Integral is transformed to
( ) volume Integral)
√ √
( ) ( ) ( )
r ̂ ̂ ̂
√ √
√ ̂ √ ̂ ̂
r √ √ ∭( ) ∭
The unit outward normal vector at point
P is
( r ) πr
r
π
(√ ̂ √ )̂

̂ ̂
√ √

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 101


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

33. [Ans. B]
∴ ∬( ̅ ̂) ∭( )
( )
s ) (
( π) ( )
[ os ru ]
os ( )( )
π
( )
os ( )( )
30. [Ans. C]

∫(√ ) ( ) 34. [Ans. A]


̂ ̂ ̂
Using Integration by parts ⃗
∫ ∫ [ ]
Here,
̂[ ( ) ( )]
f=ln(x) and dg=√
and g= ̂[ ( ) ( )]
o
̂[ ( ) ( )]
∫(√ ) ( ) ̂[
[̂ ] [̂ ] ]
( )̂ ( )̂ ( )̂
[ ] ∫ ( )
35. [Ans. *] Range 1.00 to 0.94
s u o s
[ ] [ ] π

( ) π

So the minimum value is


( )
= s
31. [Ans. A]
[ or ]
36. [Ans. D]
[Differentiating both o u u o u o ( )ss o
u r or o or w r ’ o uous
Hospital method] ( ) ( )
s ( ) otherwise it is said to be discontinuous.
s os So the most appropriate option is D.

32. [Ans. B] 37. [Ans. C]


̂ ̂ ̂ ( )s
G ors r
Div

| |

∴ Vectors are linearly dependent

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 102


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

38. [Ans. B] 41. [Ans. A]


Let For negative values of x, f(x) will be
positive
( ) s ( ) For positive values of x, f(x) will be

( ) os( ) positive
s ∴ u u o ( )w o ur

os
( ) () s o u o
r 42. [ s *] R 𝟎.𝟒 𝐭𝐨 𝟎.𝟑
s
( ) ( or )
39. [Ans. B] s os
os
( )
∫ ∫ ∫ | os os s
( os Ru )

∫ [ ]

∫ ( ) | 43. [Ans. C]

44. [Ans. *] Range: 1.6 to 1.7


[ ]
(0, 1)
[ ] [ ] x+y=1

40. [Ans. C]
(0, 0) (1, 0)
os( )
o
Using ’ os ru And
(s ) y = 0 to y = 1
Gr s or
( os ) (s ) ( ) ( )

( os ) s
∬( )
( s )( )( )
( )
os ( ) ( os )
∫ ∫ [ ]
( s )( ) ( os )
( )
( os )
∫[ ∫ ]
[( os 𝑥 ) 𝑥(𝑥 ) (s 𝑥 )( 𝑥 )]
( [( s 𝑥 )( 𝑥) os 𝑥 ] )
[( s 𝑥 )( 𝑥) os 𝑥 ] ∫

∫ [( ) ]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 103


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

47. [Ans. D]
( )| The function,

( ) ( )
is not defined at x = 1 and
45. [Ans. *] Range: to 𝟒 ∴The function f(x) is not continuous at
( )
( )
48. [Ans. *]Range: 726 to 726
Line integral

∫ ̅ r̅ ∫ [ ]

∫ ( ) ( ) ( )

From the curve, the minimum value of


function will lie at or 2. 49. [Ans. C]
Then, Substituting x = 0, we find that function
( ) ( ) ( ) takes a form r or w us ’
( ) ( ) ( ) o ’s rule.
o u u o o ( )
( ) s

( )
46. [Ans. A]
s ( )
∫ ( )

( ) 50. [Ans. *] Range: 15.9 to 16.1


( )

o so ( ) r


R R s( ( ) )

[ ( )]
( )
([ ])
( ) ⁄√π
( )

̅̅̅r r̅ s
( )
∫( ) ∫ [ π (R )] ∮ ̅ ̅̅̅r ∮( ̂ )̂ ̅̅̅r

Gr ’s or
[ π ( )]
∮( ̂ )̂ ̅̅̅r
[π ( os( ) s ( ))]
πs ( ) ∫[ ( ) ( )] ∫

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 104


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

r o r =
{o r us u s}
√ dI =
Integrating, I = α
π( )
√ ( ) u ro ( ) ( )
∴ +C=0
51. [Ans. C]
⇒C=
√ π
∴ (α) α
π
√ ( ) ⇒ ( )
∴ I(0) =

But from equation (i), I(0) = ∫ dx
Since the function has 0/0 form now, we
∴∫ dx =
’ o ru

54. [Ans. D]
( ) ̅=5 +2 + 3y ⃗
{[ ] ( )}
√ (⃗ )
Applying limit now,
= 5y + 4y + 6yz
√ At(1, 1, 1)
div ( ) = 5.1 + 4.1 + 6.1.1
CE = 15
52. [Ans. A]
Potential function, 55. [Ans. D]
∴ Put √

∴  =√
Integrating ∫ ∫
 =√ ()

w r sr u o Now given equation is


( )

∴ ( ) ( )

53. [Ans. B] = ( √ ) [ from eqn(i)]


(α) ∫ ()
=∫ ( ) ( ) √ ( )

= ∫ s
Then Integrating by parts we get, √ ( ( ) )
= [ ( αs os )]

= ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 105


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

√ ( √ ) [ ]

58. [Ans. B]

𝑥 𝑥 f = + 3 +2
Now substitute in eqn (ii) we get f = grad f = i +j +k
= i(2x) + j(6y) + k(4z)
The gradient at P(1, 2, 1) is
⇒ = i(2×1) + j(6×2) + k(4 ( ))
= 2i + 12j – 4k

59. [Ans. B]
Which is the desired form
∴ √ is the correct transformation. ( )

⃗ ̂

56. [Ans. C]
̅ ̅=0 ⃗
̅ ̅ √
os r o r ̂
If ̅ ̅ = 0
⇒ os ( )⋅

Since P and Q are non-zero vectors
⇒ os ;⇒ 0


57. [Ans. A] √ √
√ √
Since the limit is a function of x. We first
integrate w.r.t. y and then w.r.t. x
60. [Ans. D]
Length of curve f(x) between x = a and
∫ ∫( )
x = b is given by

∫ ∫( ) ∫√ ( )

Here, 4h ()
∫ [ ]
= 8h
Since
∫ ( ) and y = h at x =
(As can be seen from equation (i), by
∫ ( ) substituting x = 0 and x = L/2)
∴ (Length of cable)
[ ( ) ( )]
∫ √ ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 106


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

63. [Ans. B]
o ∫ √ Let I = ∫

()
√ √
Since ∫ ( ) ∫ ( )
61. [Ans. A] I=∫

( )
s √ √
√ √
(i) + (ii) ⇒ 2I = ∫
√ √
s ⇒ 2I = ∫

⇒2I = |
62. [Ans. A]
⇒ I = a/2
( )

64. [Ans. C]
For a function f(x) to be continuous,
at x=a
( ) ( )
Putting,
If f(x) is continuous at x=
π λ os
Given, ( )
( ) is the only stationary point.
Since the limit is in form of , we can use
r [ ] ’ os s ru o o u o ()
( ) and get
λs
s [ ]
( )
π
⇒ λs
[ ]
( ) ⇒λ
Since, r
s 65. [Ans. A]
Since, r s s
We have either a maxima or minima at ( os )
os
( )
( )
Also since, r=[ ] = 8 > 0, the point [ os ]
( )

( ) s o o 66. [Ans. A]
The minimum value is Area = |̅ ̅ |
̅̅̅̅ ̅̅̅̅
R ( ) ( )
( )
| |

̅̅̅̅ ̅̅̅̅
R ( ) ( ) ̅( )
So the optimal value of f(x, y) is a ̅̅̅̅ ̅̅̅̅
R
minimum equal to

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 107


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

67. [Ans. B] 69. [Ans. C]


s
( )
s
68. [Ans. B] ⇒ ( )
s
∫ os s ⇒
s s
∫ os s os [ ow ]
=1+0=1
u s
Hence correct option is (C)
⇒ os

⇒ ∫ ( ) 70. [Ans. A]
(4, 3)
∫ ( ) a
(2, 2)

[ ] c
b

[ ] (1, 0)
r o ∆w o –ordinate points are
[ ] given is given by
( ) ( ) ( )
| |
𝐭 𝐭 𝐭 𝐨 Substituting the values we get
( ) ( ) ( )
| |

π π 71. [Ans. 12]

∫ os s

∫ os ( s os )

∫ os s os
s ( )
∫ os s os ( )

[ ] s ( )

Magnitude of acceleration
=√ ( ) s

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 108


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

72. [Ans. B]
We have ( )

∫ ( ) [ ]

[ ]
∫ ( ) ∫ ( )
[ os π s π ]

∫ ( ) [ ]

76. [Ans. D]
For example consider a matrix
x ( )μ following the criteria given in the
question, we have
0.5 0.5
[ ]

73. [Ans. A] Or
[ ]
α or E u s r
Use L – hospital Rule
or E u s r ,
∴r s w s E u
α
o
77. [Ans. B]
= log x s
∫ ∫
74. [Ans. *] Range: to π
[ ( )]
u( )
π π
⃗ ( ) π
u u u
u
78. [Ans. B]
( ) ( )
are bounded by
u ( )
parabola
⃗ √ √
Directional derivative u ̂ ⇒
( )
( ) ⇒
√ ( )( )




∫ ∫
75. [Ans. C]
∫ [ ]
∫ ∫

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 109


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

82. [Ans. *] Range: 85 to 85.5


∫ ( )

∫ ( ) ( ) ( )

[ ]

r ∫√
( ) ( )

( ) ( ) √ |

CS
79. [Ans. A] 83. [Ans. A]
f(x)= |x|
Continuity: In other words,
( ) or ≥
⇒ √ x for x< 0
s √ os √ Since, = =0 ,
( ) f (x) is continuous for all real values of x
Differentiability:
( ) ( )

[ ]
( ) ( )
[ ]
r R r
So |x| is continuous but not differentiable
[ ]
at x=0
( ) s √
84. [Ans. A]

80. [Ans. D] = ⁄

=
s or = =1
Put y = mx
s 85. [Ans. A]
P=∑ ( –1)
( )
‘ ’ s w 1
For different values of m we get different
limits it is not unique therefore limit does P= ( ) ( )
not exist. =
Q=∑
81. [Ans. D]
‘ ’ s w
Angle between curves is angle between
tangents at the point of interesting ∴ ( ) ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 110


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

∴ 88. [Ans. B]

( ) [( ) ]
86. [Ans. D]
y = 3 – 16 – 24 + 37 [ ( ) ]
= 12 48 – 48 x = 0
( )
x (12 – 48x 48 ) = 0 ( ) [ ]
x = 0 or 12 – 48x – 48 = 0 r
4x – 4 = 0
√ √ √
⟹x = = =
89. [Ans. D]
=2 √
os s
= 36 96x 48 ∫
os s
Now at x = 0
= 48 0 ∫
At 2 ± √ also 0 (using calculator)
∴ There are 3 extrema in this function

87. [Ans. D]
Since ∫ ( ) =∫ ( ) [ ]

∴ I =∫
 ( ) [ ]
=∫
( )
[ ]( osπ s π )
Since tan (A B) =

[ ]
∴ ∫
[ ]
90. [Ans. B]

[ ] f(x) = sin x
∫ ⇒ ( ) os
[ ]
( ) ⇒ os

( ) ( ) π π π π
∫ ∈[ ]
( ) ( )
( ) s
 
At ( ) gives maximum
∫ ∫
value
=[ (s )] At ( ) gives minimum
= ln ( sec ) – ln (sec 0) value
= ln (√ ) ( )
91. [Ans. A]
= ln ( )–0=
For x = , f(x) =
For x = , f(x) = 3 – 1 = 2

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 111


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

For x = 3, f(x) = 2
( ) ( ) = f(3) ∫ s

92. [Ans. C]
By Mean value theorem ∫s | ∫ ∫s

93. [Ans. A] = x cos s


Define g(x) = f(x) – f(x + 1) in [0, 1]. g(0) u s u s
is negative and g(1) is positive. By = π os( π) π osπ
intermediate value theorem there is = π
€( ) su ( ) LHS = I + II = π π π⇒
That is f(y) = f(y + 1)
Thus Answer is (A) 96. [Ans. A]

∫ os
94. [Ans. 2]
u w
u w ∫ os | ∫ ∫ os
For min maximum non – common
elements must be there
⇒ s ∫ s
must be common to any 2 elements
of V1
( )minimum value = 2 ∫ s

95. [Ans. 4]
∫s | ∫∫s

∫ s π os ( s )
π os(π)
s oπ
π
s π o π
Hence option (A) is correct

∫𝑥s 𝑥 ∫ ( 𝑥 s 𝑥) 𝑥
97. [Ans. A]
( )
( )
∫ s
( ( ))

∫s ∫ (∫ s )
( )
os ∫ os ( ( ))
( )
os s ( ( )) ( )
Substituting the limits ( ( )) ( ) ( ) ( )
π os(π) os( )
π 98. [Ans. C]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 112


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

( ⁄ ) 104. [Ans. *] Range: 1 to 1


s ( )


105. [Ans. *] Range: 9 to 9


99. [Ans. *]Range: to ( ) s o o o r ‘ ’

os( ⁄ ) ( ) is a polynomial of
∫ degree ( )
⁄ ( ) ( ) s o o o r

∴ ( ) ( ) s o o o r
∫ os( ⁄ ) ( ⁄ )
⁄ 106. [Ans. *] Range: 4 to 4

(s ( ⁄ )) r ’s or s r

number and p is not a divisor of a, then
( )

=1 (mod p)
100. [Ans. *] Range: 0.99 to 0.99 Here, 17 is a prime number and 17 is not
a divisor of 13.
∑ ∑( ) ∴ = 1 (mod p)
( )
( ) ( ) ( )
⇒ ( )
( o )
⇒ ∴ (mod 17) = 2197 (mod 17) = 4
(The remainder obtained by dividing
2197 with 17)
101. [Ans. C]

ECE
102. [Ans. C]
107. [Ans. A]
( )
103. [Ans. A]
 x  x0  f ' x0   x  x 0  f '' x0 
2

( ) ( ) ()  f  x0     ......
1 2
⇒ ( ⁄ ) ( ) ( )
 x  2
2
so w 2
 e  (x  2)(e )  2

2
 e ......
2

( ) [ ( ) ( )]
  x  2 
2

 e2  3  x   ...... 
 2 
∴∫ ( )  
(Neglecting higher power of x)

[ { } ]
108. [Ans. C]
ex  e x
[ { }] coth (x)= =
ex  e x
[ ] x x 2 x3
ex  1     ..........
1 2 3

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 113


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

x x 2 x3  y  y1 
e x  1     .......... y  2 x  c
1 2 3  x 2  x1 
x2 x 4 y  x c
x
1   ..........
e e
x
2 4 y  x 1 ()
 
ex  e x x3 x5 2 2
x    .......... 5
3 5 I   ydx    x  1 dx   2.5
1 1 2
1
or cot h (x)= (Since at x=1,y=2)
x
(Neglecting x2 and higher order)
113. [Ans. B]
Taking f(x, y)= xy, we can show that,
109. [Ans. A]
xdx+ydy, is exact. So, the value of the
Given, f  x   x  x  2
2
integral is independent of path
df  x 
0 (0, 1)
dx
⇒ 2x 1=0
1
⇒ x
2
d2f  x  (1, 0)
 2
= 2 ve 
dx
So it shows only minima for interval
[ 4, 4], it contains a maximum value that ∫( )
will be at x= 4 or x=4
 f( 4)=18 and f(+4)=10
∫ ∫
110. [Ans. D]
y  f  x  ; x  0,  
[ | | ]
For strictly bounded, 0  limy  
x 0

or 0  lim y  
x 
114. [Ans. B]
 x2
So, y  e is strictly bounded Let f(x)  ex  sinx
or’s s r s s
111. [Ans. A]
x  a
2

sin  /2 1  sin  /2  f  x   f  a    x  a  f ' a   f '' a 


lim  lim   2!
 0   0 2
  /2 
where, a=
1  sin  /2  1
 x  
2
= lim 
2   0  /2  2  f  x   f      x    f '    f ''  
2!
f ''  
112. [Ans. B] Coefficient of (x )2 is
2
Two points on line are ( 1, 0) and (0, 1)
f ''   ex  sinx |at x   e
Hence line equation is,
 Coefficient of (x )2=0.5 exp ()

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 114


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

115. [Ans. A]
∫ ∫
s

os [ | | ]
Thus, s ( ) w o ow rs
s ( )w ow rs
119. [Ans. D]
os( ) w ow rs
os( ) w ow rs sinx = x ....
∴ sin (x –π )
116. [Ans. A] ( ) ( )
= (x – π ) – ....
Given : g  x,y   4x  10y
3 4
( ) ( )
or sin x = (x – π ) – ...
The straight line can be expressed as ( ) ( )
y=2x or =1 – ....
( )
Then g(x,y)=4x3+ 10 (2x)4 or = 1
( ) ( )
....
1 1 ( )


4

 
I   4x3  10 2x   dx   4x3  160x 4 dx 
0 0 120. [Ans. D]
1
 4x 160 5 
4 ro ’s or
=   x   33 ⃗ ⃗ = ∬⃗ ⃗
 4 5 0 ∮
According Stokes Theorem
117. [Ans. A] ∮ ⃗ ⃗ =∮ ⃗⃗⃗ ⃗ s
f(x)= +
(x)= =0 ⇒x=0 121. [Ans. C]
(x)= + >0  x R. ̂ ̂
Hence minimum at x=0 ⃗⃗⃗ ̂ ̂
∴ f(0)=1+1=2
⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗
Alternatively:
For any even function the maxima & Y
S R
3
minima can be found by
A.M. >= GM 1 Q
P
=> exp(x) + exp( x) ≥ 2
Hence minimum value = 2
X

118. [Ans. B] √ √

Q ∮ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗
∫ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ∫ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ∫ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ∫ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗

√ √
∫ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ∫ [ ] [ ]
P √ √

= [ along PQ y =1 dy =0]

∫ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ∫ (√ ) [ ]
∫( )
∫ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗

∫√ ( )
√ √

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 115


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

126. [Ans. B]
[ ]
s
∫ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ ∫ (√ ) ( ) ⇒
r rror
∮ ⃗ ⃗⃗⃗ Error s
s
122. [Ans. A] π
⇒ r us
∴ Error s ro
y= o
o ⇒ o 127. [Ans. D]
̅ ̂ ̂ ̂

o
( ) =
⇒ = o
= 1 + 1 + 1= 3
Since
Therefore, at has a maximum. 128. [Ans. D]
o ’s or “ r o
123. [Ans. D]
vector ⃗ around a closed path L is equal
Apply the divergence theorem
to the integral of curl of ⃗ over the open
sur os os ”
∯ r⃗ s ∭ r
∴ ∮⃗ ⃗ ∬( ⃗ ) ⃗s
( )∭
( r and r is the position vector) 129. [Ans. *] Range 862 to 866
Volume under the surface
124. [Ans. A]
r ⟹ r ̂ ̂ ∫ ∫ ∫
̅ ⇒ [ (r )]
r r ∫ ∫ ( )
⇒ [ (r r )]
r r
∫ [ ]
⇒ ( r )
r r
⇒ ( ) r ⇒ ∫
r

130. [Ans. A]
125. [Ans. C]
so o
( ) [ ]
( )
( ) ( ) ̇( ) ⇒ ( )
( ) ⇒
⇒ ( )
are the stationary points
Since ( ) is negative, maximum value of
( )
f(x) will be where ( )
( ) ( )
and f(2) = 25 and f(4)=21 ⇒ ⇒
∴M u u o ( ) [ ] s
f(6)=41 ⇒ ( ) ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 116


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

131. [Ans. C] By trial and error method using options


π
( )

132. [Ans. *] Range 𝟎 𝟎 to 0.01 135. [Ans. *] Range 6.8 to 7.2


( ) ( ) ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
( ) ̂ ̂ ̂

⇒ At (1, 1, 1) ⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂
⇒ |⃗ | √

( )
( )
( ) 136. [Ans. *] Range 2.99 to 3.01
o r ss ( ) ( )
√ √
⃗ ( )̂ ( )̂
133. [Ans. *] Range 5.9 to 6.1 √ √
Maximum value is 6 At (1, 1), ⃗ (̂ ̂ )

( )
Given unit vector, ̂ (̂ ̂ )
( ) √
So, directional derivative
( ) ⇒ ⃗ ̂ (̂ ̂ ) (̂ ̂ )
√ √
( ) =3
( )
( ) 137. [Ans. A]
s os
134. [Ans. C]
Let x (opposite side), y (adjacent side) ( – ) ( – )
and z (hypotenuse side) of a right angled
triangle 138. [Ans. D]

s ∀ R
Given o s
( s )( os ) 139. [Ans. B]
r ’s u or
s ( ) ( )
( )
ro ⇒ ( )
os

⇒ o
os
⁄ o ( )
∴ [( )
]

or r o u r 140. [Ans. A]
( ) ( ( )( )) ̅ ̂ ̂ ̂
( )
or so o

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 117


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

or rro o 2d = 20
̂ ̂ ̂ ⇒
|| ||
144. [Ans. *] Range: 3 to 3
s π
( ) ( ) ∫ os( π )
π
( )
∴ o o u o rro o s π s π

π
141. [Ans. *]Range: 0.95 to 1.05
s π s π
∫( )
π π
s π s π
π π
s
( ∫
π

s
∫ )
Area of rectangle π
ro
s
⇒ ∫ π

π
√ ⇒ ( π)
π π

145. [Ans. *] Range: 0.5 to 0.5


∴ r √
∮R
π

R ( ) os
or u r
( ) ∫ os ( )
√ π

√ ∫ ( os ( os s ))
π
√ √
∴ ( )( ) ∫ ( os s os )
√ √ π

142. [Ans. B] ∫( os ) ∫ (s )
π
143. [Ans. *] Range: 9.9 to 10 .1 π

( ) π

( ) ( ) or

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 118


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

146. [Ans. A] 151. [Ans. C]


Given
s
( ) ( )

Hence 3 solutions.
147. [Ans. *] Range: 2 to 2
152. [Ans. *] Range: 𝟎 𝟎𝟑 to 0.03
∑ ( ) ( ) ( )
Gr ’s or

( ( ) ( )
) ∬( ( ) ( ))
( s )
( ) ∬( )

( )
153. [Ans. *] Range: 1.0 to 1.0
s
148. [Ans. B] ( )
If f(x) is continuous at then it may r s u o o
not be differentiable at x = but if ( ) is Residue at z = 0
differentiable at , then it is also s

continuous at
⇒ os
149. [Ans. *] Range: 18 to 22 ⇒ os( )
G
∬( ) 154. [Ans. D]
π ⃗
G ( )
( )
u r os rs r r ⃗
( )
∫ ∫ (r os rs u ( ) ⃗
π
)r r o s ru ( )
r r
∫ ( os s r ) ( ) () ( )
π
( ) ( )
[∫ ( os s ) ]
π ̂
̂ ̂
∴ ⇒ so o o ( ) orr
π[ ( π)]

155. [Ans. *]Range: 10 to 10


150. [Ans. B]
ou ∬

∫ ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 119


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

EE ( ) = (2, 0)
156. [Ans. D] Equation of starting line =
By property of definite integral
⇒ y = 2 – x , dy = – dx
∫ ( ) ∫ ( π ) ̅ ̅ =( ) ( )
On simplification we get option (D) Putting y = 2 – x and dy = – dx
∫̅ ̅ ∫ ∫ ( )
157. [Ans. B]
f(x) = ( )
161. [Ans. B]
(x) = 2( ) s
=4x( ) =0 ( )
x = 0, x = 2 and x = 2 are the stationary
But at is undefined
points.
(x) = 4[x(2x) +( ) ] ∴ Discontinuous
= 4[2 ]
= 4 [3 ] 162. [Ans. A]
r ̂ ̂ ̂
= 12
(0) = < 0, maxima at x = 0 Div (r) ⃗ r
̂
(2) =(12) =( ̂ ̂ )( ̂ ̂ ̂)
= 32 > 0, minima at x = = 1+1+1= 3
( 2) =12( )
= 32 > 0; minima at x = 163. [Ans. B]
∴ There is only one maxima and only two
P=∫
minima for this function.
= [ ]
158. [Ans. A] =[ ( )]
= ( ) ( ) =1

1 164. [Ans. B]
Dot product of two vectors
0 =1+a+ =0
So orthogonal

165. [Ans. C]

f(x) =
∫ ∫ ( ) ( ) ⟹ ⟹
( )
So the equation f(x) having only maxima
159. [Ans. C] at x = 1
( )
( ) 166. [Ans. B]
( )
( )
( ) ̂ ̇̂
̂ ̂ ̂
160. [Ans. D] ̂ ̂ ̂
̅=( )̂ ( )̂
( ) = (0, 2) ∫ ∫

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 120


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Along x axis ,y=0,z=0 171. [Ans. B]


The integral reduces to zero.
G u ∴ u

167. [Ans. D] o u o

ur o r o s r ‘ ’ s so ∴ o
( ) ⇒ o
(( )̂ ( )̂
∴G r ∫ (∫ u u)
( )̂ )
̂ ̂ ̂ ∫ (∫ u u)
|| ||
172. [Ans. 2]
( ) ( ) ( )
( s )
̂ ( ) ̂ ( ) ̂ ( ) π π π
=0 ∫ ∫ os ( ) s ( )

168. [Ans. A]
( ) ( ) ( )
or u ( ) ∴( )

∴M u u
From the graph, distance at s
169. [Ans. B] π
s [s ( )]
r ∫⃗ r
∴ r
s r
∫ [ ]
⇒ os s o π 173. [Ans. A]
( ⃗) ⃗ ⃗
∫ (s )( )( s )
( ) ( )

os s
∫ ( ) [ ]

π 174. [Ans. B]
( )
170. [Ans. C] ( ) ⇒

( ) ( )
⇒( )( )
( ) ⇒
( )
( ) s w [ ]
For number of values of ( )
⁄ ( ) u
or ( ) ( )
( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
M u ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 121


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

175. [Ans. C] i.e, g(z) and h(z) are differentiable then


̅ f(z) = g(z) + h(z) is differentiable.

r
From divergence theorem we know 179. [Ans. *] Range: 0.70 to 0.76
∫ ( ⋅ )̅ ∯ ̅⋅ ̅ R ur ou ∫∫ ( )
o
∫ ∫
∯̅ ̅ ∯( ⋅ r̂) r s ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ r̂
r
∫ ( )
∯s ⋅ ⋅ π

∫ ( ) ∫ ( )
176. [Ans. C]
We know that, (Intermediate value ( ) ( ( ))
theorem) ( ) [ ( )]
If f(a)f(b) < 0 then f(x) has at least one
root in (a, b) 180. [Ans. B]
f(x) does not have root is (a, b) means
r s
f(a)f(b) > 0
s s
177. [Ans. B]
r s u or
178. [Ans. B] π
∮ π(R )
Given ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) r o r u o s R s u R
(c) is not correct, since every continuous
function need not be differentiable
[( )]
(D) is also not correct ( )( )
( ) ( )
⇒ ( ) ( )
u u
181. [Ans. A]
W ow ( ) ()

u –r u o so ( ) ( ) r ∫ ( )
∴ ( ) ( ) r o r
u ( ) ∫ ( )
u

u u u

∴f(z) in differentiable 182. [Ans. B]


∴ i.e, f(z) is differential need not imply ∫ ̅ ⋅ ̅r
g(z) and h(z) are differentiable
W r ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅
∴ Ans (B)

( s rro o ⇒ s o s r )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 122


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

( ss r o o u o ) ∴ =( ).(cos x + sin x) = 0
⇒ tan x = 1
Or x =

W r s o s r y will be maximum at x =
( )
( ) ∴y =
∫̅ ⋅ ̅ r ∫ [ ]( )
= = √
( )

183. [Ans. D] 188. [Ans. C]


The Fourier transform of y(2) = ( )
s ( ⁄ ) y(5) = ( )
πr ( )
s ( π) 189. [Ans. C]
r ( )
π π y=
s ( π)
o∫ r ( ) y=
π π
Putting o u o 190. [Ans. B]
s ( π)
∫ Given y = x2 + 2x + 10
π
= 2x + 2
s ( π)

π |

184. [Ans. *] Range: 4.40 to 4.45


̅ 191. [Ans. C]
E ̅ ( )̅
∫̅ ̅ r 192. [Ans. A]
Unit vector= =xi+yj+zk
∫ ( )

o 193. [Ans. C]
; R:
∫ ( ) Y

∫ ( )
1 +1 X
1
[ ]

IN Area = ( )
185. [Ans. D] Total charge = σ r
π π
186. [Ans. A] ou o
This is a standard question of
differentiability & continuity 194. [Ans. B]
Expansion of sin x
187. [Ans. C] s ........
y=
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 123
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

195. [Ans. B] 201. [Ans. C]


In a G.P r ( ) ∫ ∫ ( ) → ∬ ( )
For a G.P to converge r
( ) or o
⇒ ⇒ ( )

196. [Ans. D] ∫ ∫ ( )
.E=0 is not irrational (it is solenoidal)
202. [Ans. *] Range: 3 to 3
197. [Ans. 1]
From Gauss divergence theorem, we have o

∫ ̅ s̅ ∫ ̅ ∫ ̅
203. [Ans. *] Range: 0.5 to 0.5
∫( )dxdydz r ‘ ’ s o
Let us try n = 100, then
∫ ∫ ∫ ( ) √ √
̅ ̂ ̂ ̂
[ ] r √


198. [Ans. C]
r
199. [Ans. D] √

∴W o s r s s r r
)
π

larger the value of the limit approaches


0.5 asymptotically
π

∴ u o s
os (

204. [Ans. D]
We know that if ⃗ and ⃗ are perpendicular
s ( π )
Then ⃗ ⋅ ⃗ = 0
Options (A), (B), (C) are perpendicular.
200. [Ans. A]
Option (D) is not perpendicular.
( )
( )( ) ( )( ) 205. [Ans. A]
( ) is of the from ( )
( )( ) Please note f(z) four is expanded in
neighborhood of , so the series will
( ) converge
√ √ ( )
( )
( ) √
√ √

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 124


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Differential Equations

ME – 2007 (C) ( )
1. The solution of with initial value
(D) ( )
y (0) = 1 is bounded in the interval
(A)   x   (C) x  1,x  1
ME – 2012
(B)   x  1 (D) 2  x  2
7. Consider the differential equation

ME – 2008 with the boundary


2. It is given that + 2 + y = 0, y (0) = 0, conditions of y(0) =0 and y(1) = 1. The
y(1) = 0. What is y (0.5)? complete solution of the differential
(A) 0 (C) 0.62 equation is
(B) 0.37 (D) 1.13 (A) (C) ( )
(B) ( )
(D) ( )
3. Given that ̈ + 3x = 0, and x(0) = 1,
̇ (0) = 0, what is x(1)?
(A) 0.99 (C) 0.16 ME – 2013
(B) 0.16 (D) 0.99 8. The partial differential equation
is a
ME – 2009 (A) linear equation of order 2
4. The solution of with the (B) non – linear equation of order 1
condition ( ) (C) linear equation of order 1
(D) non – linear equation of order 2
(A) (C)

(B) (D) 9. The solution to the differential equation


where k is a constant,
ME – 2010 subjected to the boundary conditions
5. The Blasius equation, , is a u(0) = 0 and u(L) = U, is
(A) (C) ( )
(A) second order non-linear ordinary
differential equation (B) ( ) (D) ( )
(B) third order non-linear ordinary
differential equation
ME – 2014
(C) third order linear ordinary
10. The matrix form of the linear system
differential equation
(D) mixed order non-linear ordinary and is
differential equation
( ) { } [ ]{ }

ME – 2011 ( ) { } [ ]{ }
6. Consider the differential equation
( ) . The general solution with ( ) { } [ ]{ }
constant c is
( ) { } [ ]{ }
(A)
(B) ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 125


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

11. If y = f( ) is the solution of with 16. Consider the following differential


equations:
the boundary conditions
The value of y at t = 3 is
at ( ) __________

12. The general solution of the differential


equation ( ) with c as a (A)
(B)
constant, is
(C)
(A) ( )
(D)
(B) ( )
(C) ( ) ME – 2016
17. If ( ) satisfies the boundary value
(D) ( ) problem
( ) ( ) √ ,
13. Consider two solution x(t) = ( ) and then ( )
() ( ) of the differential equation
() CE – 2007
()
18. The degree of the differential equation
()
( ) | +2 = 0 is
(A) 0 (C) 2
()
( ) | (B) 1 (D) 3

() ()
The wronskian W(t) =| () ( )|
19. The solution for the differential equation
= y with the condition that y = 1 at
x = 0 is
(A) 1 (C) 0
(B) 1 (D) (A) y = (C) In(y) =
(B) In(y) = +4 (D) y =
14. The solution of the initial value problem
( ) is 20. A body originally at 600C cools down to
(A) (C) C in 15 minutes when kept in air at a
(B) (D) temperature of 250C. What will be the
temperature of the body at the end of 30
ME – 2015 minutes?
(A) 35.20C (C) 28.70C
15. Find the solution of which passes
(B) 31.5 C
0 (D) 150C
through the origin and the point ( )
CE – 2008
( )
21. The general solution of + y = 0 is
( ) ( ) (A) y = P cos x + Q sin x
(B) y = P cos x
( ) ( ) (C) y = P sin x
(D) y=P x
( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 126


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

22. Solution of = at x = 1 and y = √ is CE – 2012


28. The solution of the ordinary differential
(A) (C)
(B) (D) equation =0 for the boundary
condition, y=5 at x = 1 is
CE – 2009 (A) (C)
23. Solution of the differential equation (B) (D)
3y + 2x = 0 represents a family of
CE – 2014
(A) Ellipses (C) circles
29. The integrating for the differential
(B) Parabolas (D) hyperbolas
equation
CE – 2010 (A) (C)
24. The order and degree of the differential (B) (D)

equation + 4 √( ) = 0 are CE – 2015


respectively 30. Consider the following difference
(A) 3 and 2 (C) 3 and 3 equation
(B) 2 and 3 (D) 3 and 1 ( ) ( )

25. The solution to the ordinary differential Which of the following is the solution of
the above equation (c is an arbitrary
equation + 6y = 0 is
constant)?
(A) y= +
( )
(B) y= +
(C) y= + ( )
(D) y= +
( )
26. The partial differential equation that can
be formed from z = ax + by + ab has the ( )

form ( )
31. Consider the following second order
(A) z = px + qy
linear differential equation
(B) z = px + pq
(C) z = px + qy + pq
(D) z = qx + pq
The boundary conditions are:
at x = 0, y = 5 and at x = 2, y = 21
CE – 2011
The value of y at x = 1 is __________.
27. The solution of the differential equation
+ = x, with the condition that y = 1 at CE – 2016
x = 1, is 32. The type of partial differential equation
(A) y = + (C) y = +
(B) y = + (D) y = + (A) Elliptic
(B) Parabolic
(C) Hyperbolic
(D) None of these

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 127


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

33. The solution of the partial differential Group I Group II


equation dy y 1. Circles
P. 
dx x
dy y 2. Straight Lines
(√ ⁄ ) (√ ⁄ ) Q. 
(A) ( )⌊ ⌋ dx x
dy x 3. Hyperbolas
(B) ⌊
(√ ⁄ ) (√ ⁄ )
⌋ R. 
dx y
(C) ⌊ (√ ) dy x
S. 
dx y
( √ ⁄ ) ⌋
(A) P-2, Q-3, R-3, S-1
(D) ( )⌊ (√ ⁄ ) (B) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-1
(C) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-3
( √ ⁄ ) ⌋
(D) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-2

ECE – 2007 ECE – 2010


34. The solution of the differential equation 38. A function ( ) satisfies the differential
d2 y ( ) ( )
k 2 2  y  y 2 under the boundary equation where L is a
dx
conditions constant. The boundary conditions are:
(i) y=y1 at x=0 and ( ) and ( ) . The solution to
(ii) y=y2 at x=, where k, y1 and y2 are this equation is
constants, is (A) ( ) ( )
(A) ( ) ( ⁄ ) (B) ( ) ( √ )
( ) ( ⁄ ) (C) ( ) ( )
(B)
( ) ( ⁄ ) (D) ( ) ( )
(C)
(D) ( ) ( ⁄ )
ECE– 2011
39. The solution of the differential equation
ECE – 2008
35. Which of the following is a solution to the ( ) is
differential equation () () (A) (C)
(A) () (B) (D)
(C) ()
(B) ()
(D) () ECE\EE\IN – 2012
40. With initial condition x(1) = 0.5, the
ECE – 2009 solution of the differential equation,
36. The order of the differential equation
3
is
d2 y  dy 
    y 4  e t is (A) (C)
dt 2  dt 
(A) 1 (C) 3 (B) (D)
(B) 2 (D) 4
ECE – 2013
37. Match each differential equation in 41. A system described by a linear, constant
Group I to its family of solution curves coefficient, ordinary, first order
from Group II. differential equation has an exact solution
given by ( ) when the forcing
function is x(t) and the initial condition is
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 128
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

y(0). If one wishes to modify the system ECE – 2015


so that the solution becomes – 2y(t) for 47. The solution of the differential equation
t > 0, we need to
(A) Change the initial condition to – y(0)
( ) ( ) is
and the forcing function to 2x(t)
(A) ( ) (C) ( ) –
(B) Change the initial condition to 2y(0)
– (D) ( )
and the forcing function to –x(t) (B) ( )
(C) Change the initial condition to
48. The general solution of the differential
j√ y(0) and the forcing function to
j√ x(t) equation is
(D) Change the initial condition to (A) ( )
– 2y (0) and the forcing function to (B) ( )
– 2x(t) (C) ( )
(D) ( )
ECE – 2014
42. If the characteristic equation of the 49. Consider the differential equation
differential equation with initial condition
has two equal roots, x(0)=1.
v The response x(t) for t > 0 is
(A) ±1 (C) ±j (A) (C)
(B) 0,0 (D) ±1/2 (B) (D)

43. Which ONE of the following is a linear 50. Consider the differential equation
non-homogeneous differential equation, () ()
()
where x and y are the independent and
dependent variables respectively? Given ( )
(A) (C) ( )
(B) (D) v ( ) __________

44. If ( ) then ECE – 2016


51. Which one of the following is a property
(A) (C)
of the solutions to the Laplace equation:
(B) (D) ?
(A) The solutions have neither maxima
45. If a and b are constants, the most general nor minima anywhere except at the
solution of the differential equation boundaries.
(B) The solutions are not separable in the
coordinates.
(A) (C) (C) The solutions are not continuous.
(B) (D) (D) The solutions are not dependent on
the boundary conditions.
46. With initial values y(0) = (0) = 1, the
solution of the differential equation

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 129


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

52. The particular solution of the initial value 57. Consider the differential equation
problem given below is

Which of the following is a solution to this


differential equation for x > 0?
( ) | (A) (C)
(B) (D)
(A) ( – ) (C) ( )
(B) ( ) (D) ( )
EE – 2015
58. A solution of the ordinary differential
EE – 2010
53. For the differential equation equation is such that

with initial conditions y(0) = 2 and y(1) = .


( )
The value of is _______
( ) | , the solution is

(A) ( )
59. A differential equation is
(B) ( )
(C) ( ) applicable over
(D) ( ) If i(4) = 10, then i( ) is ___________

EE – 2011 EE – 2016
54. With K as a constant, the possible solution 60. A function y(t), such that y(0) = 1 and
for the first order differential equation y(1) = , is a solution of the

is differential equation .
(C) Then y(2) is
(A)
(D) (A) (C)
(B) (B) (D)

EE – 2013 61. Consider a causal LTI system


55. A function is defined over characterized by differential equation
an open interval x = (1,2). At least at one ()
() ( ). The response of the
point in this interval , is exactly ⁄
system to the input ( ) ( ),
(A) 20 (C) 30 where ( ) denotes the unit step function,
(B) 25 (D) 35 is
( ) ()
EE – 2014
56. The solution for the differential equation ( ) ()

( ) ( ) () ()
( ) () ()
|

(A) 62. Let y(x) be the solution of the differential

(B) equation with initial

(C) conditions ( ) | . Then


(D) the value of y(1) is ______.

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 130


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

IN– 2007 68. The maximum value of the solution y(t) of


63. The boundary-value problem λ the differential equation ( ) ̈( )
( ) ( ) v -zero with initial conditions ̇ ( ) and
v λ ( ) , for is
(A) ± ± … (A) 1 (C)
(B) … (B) 2 (D) √
(C) …
(D) … IN– 2014
69. The figure shows the plot of as a
IN– 2008 function of
64. Consider the differential equation
= 1 + y2. Which one of the following
can be a particular solution of this
differential equation?
(A) y = tan (x + 3) (C) x = tan (y + 3)
(B) y = tan x + 3 (D) x = tan y + 3

IN– 2010
65. Consider the differential equation
with y(0)=1. The value of
y(1) is The function shown is the solution of the
(A) differential equation (assuming all initial
(C) ( )
conditions to be zero) is :
(B) ( ) (D) ( )
( ) ( )
IN – 2011
66. Consider the differential equation ( ) ( ) | |
̈ ̇ with boundary conditions
y(0) = 1, y(1) = 0. The value of y(2) is
(A) 1 (C) –
(B) (D)

IN– 2013
67. The type of the partial differential
equation is
(A) Parabolic (C) Hyperbolic
(B) Elliptic (D) Nonlinear

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 131


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Answer Keys and Explanations

ME
1. [Ans. C] 4. [Ans. A]
Given differential equation is
v

⇒ ( ) …( )
Standard form
⇒ …( )
Where P and Q function of x only and
solution is given by
( F) ∫ ( F)

Where, integrating factor (I.F)

and
F
2. [Ans. A]
( ) ∫
A.E is, D2+2D+1 =0
⇒( )2=0
⇒ 1 Given condition
The C.F. is (C1+C2x)e-x
( )
P.I. = 0
N ( ) ⇒ ₁
( ) ⇒ ₂ ⇒ ₂
⇒ F ⇒
⇒ ( )

3. [Ans. D]
̈
Auxiliary equation is
m2 + 3 = 0 ⇒
i.e. m = ±√
√ √ 5. [Ans. B]
̇ √ ( √ √ ) is third order ( ) and it
At t = 0
is linear, since the product is not
1=A
0=B allowed in linear differential equation
x= √
6. [Ans. D]
( ) √
( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 132


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

∫ ∫
So by observation it is understood that,
{ } [ ]{ }
( )
11. [Ans. *] Range 34 to 36
7. [Ans. A]

( ) ( )
Choice (A) satisfies the initial condition as

well as equation as shown below

⇒ ( ) ( )
( )

12. [Ans. D]
( )

Let

is the solution to this equation with


given boundary conditions ( )

( ) ( )
8. [Ans. D]
( )
9. [Ans. B]
Integrating
( ) ( )
( )

( )

At x=0, ⇒ ( )
At x=L,
⇒ ( ) 13. [Ans. A]
Since the determinant of wronskian
matrix is constant values for, therefore it
( )
is same for both t=0 and t=
() ()
() () ()
Solving we get u = U( )

10. [Ans. A]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 133


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

14. [Ans. B] 17. [Ans. *] Range:


∫ ∫ ⇒ v ( ) ( ) √

( ) ⇒ The auxiliary equation of the given


v ( ) ⇒ problem is
⇒ ±
Hence, the General solution of the
15. [Ans. C] problem is,
………
⇒( )
Now, applying boundary conditions on
the above equations,
⇒ ± ( )
( ) ( )

( ) ( )
⇒ …………( ) Now applying another boundary
( ) condition,

⇒√ ( )⇒ √
⇒ …… ( ) Hence, the solution of the problem is
Solving (1) and (2) √

⇒ N

⇒ √ ( ) √

( ) CE
18. [Ans. B]
Degree of a differential equation is the
16. [Ans. C] power of its highest order derivative after
the differential equation is made free of
radicals and fractions if any, in derivative
⇒ (v ) power.
Hence, here the degree is 1, which is
Integrating
ln y = ( ) power of
when y = 2 at t = 0 (initial conditions, (1)
gives) 19. [Ans. D]
c = ln 2
⇒ ( )
This is variable separable form

= dx

∫ ∫

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 134


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

⇒ y dy = x dx

⇒∫ ∫

At x = 1, y = √
(√ )
20. [Ans. B]
⇒C=2
= (θ θ0) (Newton’s law of cooling) Solution is
θ
θ θ
= ⇒ + =4

⇒ (θ θ ) = kt +
23. [Ans. A]
⇒θ θ C.
3y
θ θ C.
Given θ = 250C ⇒
Now θ
60 = 25 + C.e0 ⇒
⇒ C = 35 ⇒ ∫ ∫
θ
At θ 0C

( )
40 = 25 + 35

⇒ =
Now at t = 30 minutes ⇒
( ) ( )
Θ
= 25 + 35 ( ) ⇒
( ) ( )
= 25 + 35 × ( ) ( ) Which is the equation of a family of ellipses
= 31.
≈ C 24. [Ans. A]

21. [Ans. A] √( )
+y=0
Removing radicals we get
+1=0
⇒ ± ( ) [( ) ]
General solution is
y= [ cos (1 × x) + sin (1 × x)] The order is 3 since highest differential
= cosx + sinx is
= P cosx + Q sinx The degree is 2 since power of highest
Where P and Q are some constants differential is 2

22. [Ans. D] 25. [Ans. C]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 135


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Auxiliary equation is 30. [Ans. C]


+D–6=0 Given D.E
( )(D 2) = 0 ( ) ( )
D = 3 or D = 2
Solution is y = + ⇒ ( ) ( ) ( )

26. [Ans. C]
⇒( ) ( )
Z = ax + by + ab … ( )
( )
( )

⇒( ) ( )
Substituting a and b in (i) in terms of p
and q we get z = px + qy + pq ( )( )( )
v v
27. [Ans. D]
(( ) )
( )
This is a linear differential equation of the ( )
form
31. [Ans. *] Range:
IF = Integrations factor

Solution is
y (IF) = ( F) ⇒
⇒ y. x = ( )
⇒ yx =
( )
⇒ yx = +C

⇒y= +
Now y(1) = 1

⇒ ⇒ ⇒


( ) ( ) ( )
28. [Ans. D]

( ) ⇒ ⇒ 32. [Ans. C]

33. [Ans. B]
29. [Ans. D]
Particular integral (P.I) =
=

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 136


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

ECE
⇒ …
34. [Ans. D]
k2D2y= y y2 S. ⇒
 2 1 y 2 ⇒ …
D  2 y  2
 k  k
1 38. [Ans. D]
m1 =  ( )
k ( )
 x/k
C.F. = C1e x/k
 C2 e Auxiliary equation ⇒ ±
 x/k
y= C1e x/k
 C2 e  y2
( )
At y=y1, x=0 Since, ( ) ⇒
 y1 = C1+ C2+y2 … ( )
Since, ( ) ⇒ (hence
At y=y2 , x=  Hence C1 must be zero
must be zero)
 y1 = C2+y2
Therefore
⇒ C2 =y1 - y2
 x The solution is, ( )
 y=(y1 – y2) exp    + y2
 k
39. [Ans. C]
35. [Ans. B] Given ( ) and ⇒
()
()
When
(D +3) x(t) = 0 ( )
⇒ ( )
So, x  t   ke3t ,
Hence x  t   2e3t is one solution (for 40. [Ans. C]

some boundary / initial condition) ⇒ =1

⇒ F
36. [Ans. B]
The order of a differential equation is the ∫ ⇒
order of the highest derivative involving Using initial condition, at t = 1, x = 0.5
in equation, so answer is 2.
⇒ ⇒
The degree of a differential equation is
the degree of the highest derivative
involving in equation, so answer is 1.
41. [Ans. D]
37. [Ans. A] Let the differential equation be
P. ⇒ ()
() ()

Apply Laplace transform on both sides
()
Q. ⇒ { ( )} { ( )}

⇒ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
… ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
R. ⇒ ( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 137


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Taking inverse Laplace on both sides So, most general solution in


( ) () ( )
{ ( )} { } ( ) { }

⇒ () () ( ) 46. [Ans. *] Range 0.53 to 0.55


So if we want ( ) as a solution both ⇒
x(t) and y(0) has to be multiplied by . ( ) …
Hence change x(t) by ( ) and y(0) by ( )( )
( ) ( ) …
( )
42. [Ans. A] ( ) v

( )
The auxiliary equation is

± then either 47. [Ans. B]


( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
i.e., roots of the equation are equal to
( ) ( )
( )
43. [Ans. A]
( ) is a first order linear () ( )
() ( )( )
equation ( )
( ) ( )
( ) 0 is a first order linear
( )
equation (homogeneous) ( )
( )( )
( )
44. [Ans. C]
( ) 48. [Ans. C]

∫ ∫

45. [Ans. B] 49. [Ans. C]

Pre auxiliary equation is

Pre roots of AE are .



Repeated roots are present.

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 138


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

of f on any circle of radius R centered


( )( ) ∫ ( )
at the point (x, y).
2. ’
( ) ∫ minima or maxima; extreme values of
f must occur at end points or
( ) boundary in general. Thus, seeing this
( ) ( ) we see only option a is true

52. [Ans. A]

v
50. [Ans. *] Range: 0.83 to 0.88
()
() ()
( ) () ( )
( )( ) ()
() ( ) ⇒

( )
v ( ) ( )

( )
( )( )

| ( )
( )
( ) ⇒
( ) ( )
51. [Ans. A]
The solution of Laplace function are EE
called harmonic function and have the 53. [Ans. B]
following properties. The properties are
true irrespective of the number of
Auxiliary equation
dimensions (one, two or three) in which

you solve the equation for =0
(m+4)(m+2)=0
1. f(x, y, z) is the average of f values over a
m= 2, 4
spherical surface of radius R centered at
x(t) =
(x, y, z)
( ) ∫
x(0) = 1 ⇒1= … (1)
This is for the case of three | ⇒
dimensional solution. In case of one
⇒ …( )
dimension f(x) is the average of
On solving (1) & (2), we get and
( ) ( )
f(x) = ( ) ( ) x(t)= 2
Similarly. For two dimension, the
value f(x, y) will the average of values

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 139


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

54. [Ans. A]
( )

Integrate on both sides

55. [Ans. B]
()
()
v ( )

59. [Ans. *] Range: 1.6 to 1.7

Value is in between 20 and 30 ( )()


So it is 25
()
56. [Ans. C]

( v )
( )
( ) ( )

60. [Ans. B]
|

⇒( )

( )
57. [Ans. C] ( )
( ) ( )

( ) ( )

( ) ( )
61. [Ans. D]
The differential equation
()
() ()
58. [Ans. *] Range:
( ) ( ) ( )

() ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
v ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 140


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Now, ( ) and ( ) , placing these


( ) ( ) values
We get, and
() ( ) () ( ) ( ( ) )

62. [Ans. *] Range: 7.0 to 7.5


67. [Ans. A]
Given partial differential equation is
( )
( ) ⇒

|
⇒ We know that
; ( ) F( )
is said to be
IN
Parabolic if
63. [Ans. C]
Hyperbolic if

64. [Ans. A]
Compare the given differential equation
Given = 1 + y2 with standard from A = 1, B = 0, C = 0
Integrating =
Parabolic
Or =x+c
Or y = ( )
68. [Ans. D]
() ̈( )
65. [Ans. C]
±
Auxiliary equation, m + 1 = 0
( )
m= 1
C.F =

( ) ̇
̇( )
y=

( )
So,
F

( )

66. [Ans. C]

( )
The solution for the differential equation

is √ √ √
( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 141


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

69. [Ans. D]
By back tracking, from option (D)
| |
=
Integrating
⇒∫ ∫

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 142


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Complex Variables

ME – 2007 ME – 2014
1. If and (x, y) are functions with 6. The argument of the complex number
continuous second derivatives, then
where i = √ , is
+ i (x, y) π
π
can be expressed as an analytic function π 2
of x + i (i = √ ), when 2 π

7. The integral ∮ is evaluate


along the circle + traversed in
counter clock wise direction. The integral
+ + is equal to
(A) 0 π

+ π 2
– π
4
4
ME – 2008
2. The integral ∮ evaluated around 8. An analytic function of a complex variable
the unit circle on the complex plane for + i is expressed as
is +i
(A) 2πi where i √ f u(x,y)= 2xy, then
(C) 2πi
v(x,y) must be
(B) 4πi (D) 0
(A) + +
ME – 2009 (B) +
3. An analytic function of a complex variable (C) + +
z = x + iy is expressed as (D) +
f(z) = u(x, y) +iv(x, y) where i = 1 .
If u = xy, the expression of v should be 9. An analytic function of a complex variable
z = x + i y is expressed as
(A)
x  y 
2

k (C)
y 2
 x2  k f(z) = u(x, y) + i v(x, y),
2 2
where i = √ . If u (x, y) = – , then
(B)
x 2
y 2
 k (D)
x  y
2

k
expression for v(x, y) in terms of x, y and
2 2 a general constant c would be
(A) + (C) 2 +
ME – 2010
(B) + (D) +
4. The modulus of the complex number
( ) is
10. If z is a complex variable, the value of
(A) 5 (C) 1/√
∫ is
(B) √ (D) 1/5
(A) i
ME – 2011 (B) 0.511+1.57i
5. The product of two complex numbers (C) i
1 + i and 2 – 5i is (D) 0.511+1.57i
(A) 7 – 3i (C) 3 – 4i
(B) 3 – 4i (D) 7 + 3i

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 143


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

ME – 2015
11. Given two complex number +
Γ
( √ )i + 2i, the argument of

in degree is 2

(A) 0 (C) 60
(B) 30 (D) 90

ME – 2016 Γ
12. +i is an analytic
2
function of complex variable z = x + i y
where
i √ . If 2 , then may
be expressed as CE – 2009
(A) + + 15. The analytic function f(z) = has
(B) +
singularities at
(C) + +
(A) 1 and 1 (C) 1 and i
(D) + + (B) 1 and i (D) i and i

13. A function 𝑓of the complex variable 16. The value of the integral ∫ dz
+ i , is given as +
i where (where C is a closed curve given by
2 and . The |z| = 1) is
value of k, for which the function is (A) –πi (C)
analytic, is _____ (B) (D) πi

CE – 2011
14. The value of ∮ along a closed
17. For an analytic function,
p h Γ i eq l 4 𝜋 𝑖), where 𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦 f(x + iy) = u(x, y)+iv(x, y), u is given by
and u=3 3 . The expression for v
i √ The rre p h Γ i considering K to be a constant is
(A) 3 3 + (C) 6x 6y+
Γ (B) 6y – 6x + (D) 6xy +

2 CE – 2014
18. can be expressed as
(A) i (C) i
(B) + i (D) + i
Γ
CE – 2015
2 19. Consider the following complex function:

+2
Which of the following is one of the
residues of the above function?
(A) (C) 2
(B) ⁄ (D) 9

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 144


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

ECE – 2007 ECE – 2011


20. If the semi-circular contour D of radius 2 25. The value of the integral ∮
is as shown in the figure, then the value of
where is the circle | | is given by
the integral ∮ is (A) 0 (C) 4/5
j (B) 1/10 (D) 1

j2 ECE\EE\IN – 2012
26. If x = √ then the value of is
⁄ (C) x
2 (A) e
j2 ⁄ (D) 1
(B) e

(A) jπ (C) π 27. Given f (z) . If C is a


(B) jπ (D) π counterclockwise path in the z – plane
such that |z+1| =1, the value of
ECE – 2008 ∮ is
21. The residue of the function (A) 2 (C)
1
f z  at z=2 is (B) (D) 2
 z  2  z  2 
2 2

(A) (C) ECE – 2014


28. C is a closed path in the z-plane given by
(B) (D) |z|=3. The value of the integral
∮( ) is
22. The equation sin(z)=10 has
(A) no real or complex solution (A) 4π + j2 (C) 4π + j2
(B) exactly two distinct complex (B) 4π j2 (D) 4π j2
solutions
(C) a unique solution 29. The real part of an analytic function
(D) an infinite number of complex where + j is given by e cos(𝑥).
solutions The imaginary part of is
(A) e (C) e i
ECE – 2009 (B) e i (D) e i

23. If f(z) = + , then ∮


ECE – 2015
is given by 30. Let z = x + iy be a complex variable.
(A) 2π (C) 2πj Consider that contour integration is
(B) 2π + (D) 2πj + performed along the unit circle in
anticlockwise direction. Which one of the
ECE – 2010 following statements is NOT TRUE?
24. The residues of a complex function The re i e i
at its poles are

(A) and 1 (C) and
(B) and (D) and ∮
2πi
(D) ̅ (complex conjugate of z) is
analytical function

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 145


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

31. If C is a circle of radius r with center , in l i ir le l i ir le

the complex z-plane and if n is a non-zero


integer, then ∮ equals
(A) 2π j (C) j 2π e e
(B) (D) 2π

ECE – 2016
l l i ir le l i ir le
32. In the following integral, the contour C
encloses the points 2πj 2πj
i

2π 2πj e e

The value of the integral is ________

33. Consider the complex valued function


2 + | | where is a complex
EE – 2013
variable. The value of for which the
function is analytic is ________ 38. ∮ evaluated anticlockwise around
the circle | i| 2 where i √ , is
34. For , the residue of the pole at (A) 4π (C) 2 + π
z = 0 is __________ (B) (D) 2 +2i

35. The values of the integral ∮ 39. Square roots of – i, where i = √ , are
along a closed contour c in anti-clockwise (A) i, i
direction for (B) ( )+i i ( )
(i) the point = 2 inside the contour c, and
( )+i i ( )
(ii) the point = 2 outside the contour c,
Respectively, are (C) ( )+i i ( )
(A) (i) 2.72, (ii) 0 (C) (i) 0, (ii) 2.72
( )+i i ( )
(B) (i) 7.39, (ii) 0 (D) (i) 0, (ii) 7.39
(D) ( )+i i ( )
EE – 2007
( )+i i ( )
36. The value of ∮ where C is the
contour |z-i/2| = 1 is EE – 2014
(A) 2πi (C) 40. Let S be the set of points in the complex
(B) π (D) πi plane corresponding to the unit circle.
(That is, { | | } . Consider the
EE – 2011
function f(z)=zz* where z* denotes the
37. A point z has been plotted in the complex
complex conjugate of z. The f(z) maps S to
plane, as shown in figure below.
which one of the following in the complex
i ir le
plane
(A) unit circle
(B) horizontal axis line segment from
e origin to (1, 0)
(C) the point (1, 0)
(D) the entire horizontal axis

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 146


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

41. All the values of the multi-valued complex

i r

i r
function , where i √ are

i
(A) purely imaginary.
(B) real and non-negative.
(C) on the unit circle. e l i e l i
(D) equal in real and imaginary parts. j
j
42. Integration of the complex function

i r

i r
, in the counter clockwise

i
direction, around |z 1| = 1, is
(A) πi (C) πi
e l i e l i
(B) (D) 2πi j
j
EE – 2016
IN – 2009
43. Consider the function + where
z is a complex variable and denotes its 47. The value of ∮ 𝑧 where the contour of
complex conjugate. Which one of the integration is a simple closed curve around
following is TRUE? the origin, is
(A) f(z) is both continuous and analytic (A) 0 (C)
(B) f(z) is continuous but not analytic (B) 2πj (D)
(C) f(z) is not continuous but is analytic
(D) f(z) is neither continuous nor analytic 48. If z = x+jy, where x and y are real. The
value of | | is
IN – 2007
(A) 1 (C) e
44. For the function of a complex variable (D) e
(B) e√
z, the point z=0 is
(A) a pole of order 3 49. One of the roots of the equation 𝑥 =j,
(B) a pole of order 2 where j is positive square root of 1, is
(C) a pole of order 1 (A) j √
(C) j
(D) not a singularity √
(B) +j √
(D) j
45. Let j = √ .Then one value of is
(C) IN – 2010
(A) √j
50. The contour C in the adjoining figure is
(B) 1
(D) described by + . The value of
∮ is.
IN – 2008
46. A complex variable +j has its real (Note: √ )
part x varying in the range + .
Which one of the following is the locus
pl e
(shown in thick lines) of 1/Z in the complex
plane?

(A) 2πj (C) 4πj


(B) 2πj (D) 4πj

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 147


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

IN – 2011 IN – 2016
51. The contour integral ∮ 𝑧 with C as 53. The value of the integral ∫
the counter-clockwise unit circle in the z-
where z is a complex number and C is a unit
plane is equal to
circle with center at + j in the complex
(A) 0 (C) 2π√ plane is _______
(B) 2π (D)

IN – 2015
52. The value of ∮ , where the contour is
the unit circle traversed clockwise, is
(A) 2πi (C) 2πi
(B) (D) 4πi

Answer Keys and Explanations

ME dw
 0  iz
1. [Ans. B] dz
By definition C-R equation holds Where, z = x + iy
dw = izdz
2. [Ans. A] z2
Integrating, w  i C
f(z)= has simple pole at z = 0 2
Residue of f(z) at z = 0 Where C is a constant,
li li
[ i + ]
∫ 2πi (residue at z = 0) 2
2πi 2πi  (x2  y 2  2ixy) 
  m  i 
 2 
3. [Ans. C]
Given u=xy y 2  x2
or v 
For analytic function 2
u v
 4. [Ans. B]
x y
+ 4i + 2i
u v
and  2i + 2i
y x
+ i + 4i
By Milne Thomson method + 2i
+4
Let w = u + iv Modulus = √
dw u v
 i
dz x x 5. [Ans. A]
u u +i 2 i
 i
x y 2 i + 2i i i
dw
or  y  ix
dz
Replacing x by z and y by 0, we get

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 148


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

6. [Ans. C] 10. [Ans. B]


+i +i + 2i + i
∫ l | l i l
i i +i i
2i l +l i l
i + i
2 l l +l i
+i +i i
r ( ) ( )
i i i i π 2
π⁄
2 + i e e
l i l l e
π
7. [Ans. C] i i
( 2 )
∫ 11. [Ans. A]
y = r sin r + ( √ )i
r r i √
r ( ) (√ )
∮ r i r
2
+ 2i
π √
∮ r r 2π
2 2
r ( ) (√ )
8. [Ans. C] √

r ( ) r r

2 12. [Ans. A]
+ Given that +i is
2
+ analytic function of complex variable
z = x + iy. Then the function derivatives
can be given as,
2 r 2
2
+
2 r 2
Now, check by option
+ Alternate

2 2
9. [Ans. C]
i e 2 2
+ Integrate the above equations.
+ +
he l e + +

+ 13. [Ans. *]Range:


2 +2 i e 2
Ter i er l ll e
2 + 2 2

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 149


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

14. [Ans. B] i.e. v = 3x2 + f(x) iii


The correct path is given in option (B). Now applying equation (iii) we get
( )
∫ 2πi [ ] 4πi
2
+
CE
15. [Ans. D] +

+ i +i
The singularities are at z = i and –i By integrating,
f(x) = 6yx – 3x2 + K
16. [Ans. C] Substitute in equation (iii)
2π v= 3x2 + 6yx – 3x2 + K
ere ∫ +K
2
[ ]
∫ 18. [Ans. B]
2 [ ] 2 i
+i
i e i p i i h i |z|=1(the
Multiplying by conjugates
l e r e e e h ’ 2 i i
integral theorem and say that +i i
2π 2i + i
[2πi ( )] here
2 2 2 +
[Notice that f(z) is analytic on all points + i
inside | | ] 2
+ i
2 π 2
[2πi ]
2 ( ) 19. [Ans. A]
2πi
+2
z = 1 is a simple pole
17. [Ans. D] z = 2 is a pole of order 2
f= +i e
u = 3x2 – 3y2
li
For f to be analysis, we have Cauchy- +2
Riemann conditions,

i e

ii li [ +2 ]
+2
From (i) we have li

∫ ∫

+
2

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 150


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

ECE infinite number of complex solutions


20. [Ans. A] i has infinite no. of complex
∮ 2πj re i e solutions

Singular points are s =


23. [Ans. D]
Only s= +1 lies inside the given contour
f(z) = +
lim  s  1 f  s 
Residues at s= +1 = S1 + + +

1 1
lim  s  1 2 
S 1
S 1 2  ∮(
+ +
) 𝑧
e e∮ 2πj ( ) πj F 2 π j re i e
2
Residue at z = 0 ( 2- order )
+ +
21. [Ans. A] ( )
Residue of z=2 is
d +
lim  z  2 f  z 
2

z 2 dz   +
d 1  2 1 F 2πj + )
lim    lim 
z 2 dz  
  z  2   z  2
2 3
z 2 32
24. [Ans. C]
X(z) =
22. [Ans. D]
i Poles are Z= 0, Z =1, Z=2
e e Residue at Z=0 is li
2i Residue at Z =1 is li
e 2 i
e Residue z =2 is li
e 2 ie
(e ) 2 ie 25. [Ans. A]
e +4
2 i ∮
+4 +
2 i √ 2 i 4
+4 + +2 +
2 2 j will be outside the unit circle
2 i √ 2 i + i√
h i e r i l e i ‘ er ’
2 2
i √ i
26. [Ans. A]
i √ i e i i√
i √
i l i √ i e l l
i l i+l ( √ )
π ⟹l il i il e
i l + i( 2 π) π π
2 l i i
2 2
+l √
π ⟹ e
i i( 2 π) + l √
2
π 27. [Ans. C]
( 2 π) il ( √ )
2 [∫ ]
∫ ∫
( 2

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 151


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

31. [Ans. B]

2πj +

where f (z) =1
r∮ 2πi

28. [Ans. C]
e 2j F r∮ 2πi |
li + 2j 4+ j
2πi
2πj 4+ j 4π + 2j
32. [Ans. *] Range: to
i
∮ 2πj re i e
29. [Ans. B] 2πj
Suppose that +i is le i 2π j
analytic then, u and v satisfy the Cauchy
e i e i |
Riemann equation 2

i i 2πj
2 2 2
ere e j e e
+ j i h 2π (+ ) [ ]
i e 2 2 2
+i
e i i i i h i hi i i
i 2
e i ∮
2π 2πj

30. [Ans. D] 2πj j + +



̅
i 33. [Ans. *] Range: 0.0 to 0.0
2 + | |
i e h i l i
hi h i p i le l he
i e | | is differentiable at the origin but
ie eq i i ie not analytic.
̅i l i 2 i l i e er here
i i ple p le 2 + | | i l i
e i e( ) l he

i li 34. [Ans. *] Range: 1.0 to 1.0


i
li
+ 2
i e i l i e er here The re i e he p e i l
i h ’ i e r l he re Residue at z = 0
i
∮ li
li

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 152


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

35. [Ans. B]
h ’ e r l he re √ +
is outside the unit circle is IV
quadrant

38. [Ans. A]
4

+4
∫𝑓 𝑧 𝑧 | i| 2
+4
4

2πj 2i
e e F r 2i
Residue at +2i
4 4
EE +2i
36. [Ans. B] + 2i +4i
Pole (z=i) lies inside the circle. |z-i/2|=1. 2i lie i i e
Hence 2i lie i e
4
∮ ∮ ∮ 2πi re i e
+ +i i +4
2πi 2i
∮ 2 πi i { here }

2 πi π
2i 39. [Ans. B]
Let + i √ i
37. [Ans. D]
Squaring both sides we get
Let + i
+2 i i
Since Z is shown inside the unit circle in I
Equating real and imaginary parts
quadrant, a and B are both +ve and
√ + 2

+ i he 2
2
i i
i
+ + + √2
Since i i
he
√2 √2
√ + i i i
+i +i ( ) +
+ √2 √2 √2 √2
i i
i q r he
√2 √2
i i i
+i + i( ) +
| | √( ) +( ) √2 √2 √2 √2
+ + i
+( )
√2 √2
√ π π
+ √ + ( )+i i ( )
4 4
i e √ +

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 153


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

r l e ⁄ l (e ⁄
)
π π
( )+i i ( ) π
4 4 l j e ⁄
2
π
40. [Ans. C] l j j
2
| | { | | } e

All point of s will be mapped on the 46. [Ans. B]


point (1, 0) +j
j
41. [Ans. B] +j +

l il j
+ +
re l Non-negative
| j j
42. [Ans. C]
j
∫ 2πi re (f(a)) where a is a | li { }
+ +
singularity in contour c
ere | | j
p le pi i he e ii
l lie i i e | |
47. [Ans. A]
e ( ) li h ’ i e r l r l i
+

li
+ 2 Here a = 0, then f(0) = sin 0 = 0
eq ire i e r i 2πi πi
2
48. [Ans. D]
+i
43. [Ans. B]
+ p |e | = |e |
2 i i p l i l = |e e |=e |e | = e
2
2 49. [Ans. B]
Given x3 = j = e+jπ 2


C.R. equation not satisfied. e
No where analytic. π π √
+ j i +j
2 2
IN
44. [Ans. B] 50. [Ans. D]
Expand by Laurent series ∮ =∮

45. [Ans. D] Pole j ⟹ j



Residue at j⟹2 j + 2

e j (e ) ∮ 2πj re i e p le

2πj 2 4πj

l l (e )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 154


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

51. [Ans. C]

∮e

∮( + + + + )
2
The only pole of is at , which lies
within | |
∫ 2πi (residue)
Note: Residue of at is coefficient
of ⁄ i.e. 1, here.

52. [Ans. B]

∮ 2πi

∫ 2πi

53. [Ans. *] Range: 1 to 1


+ +
∫ ∫
2πj 2πj +
i e ir le i | |
p le lie i i e
p le lie i e
e i
+ 2
li
+ 2
e – i
h ’ re i e he re
+
∫ 2πj +
2πj 2πj

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 155


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Transform Theory

ME – 2007 ME – 2014
1. If F (s) is the Laplace transform of 6. Laplace transform of is .
function f (t), then Laplace transform of The Laplace transform of
t

 f (t) dt is
0

(A) F (s) (C) sF (s) – f (0)

(B) F (s) f (0) (D)

ME – 2009
1
2. The inverse Laplace transform of is
s 2
s  ME – 2015
(A) (C) 1 – 7. The Laplace transform of
(B) (D) √ is

ME – 2010
3. The Laplace transform of a function is
. The function is
(A) (C)
8. Laplace transform of the function f(t) is
(B) (D)
given by F(s) = L {f(t)} ∫ .
ME – 2012 Laplace transform of the function shown
4. The inverse Laplace transform of the below is given by
F(t)
function F(s) is given by
(A) (C) 2
(B) (D)

ME – 2013 t
5. The function satisfies the differential 1
equation and the auxiliary
conditions, . The
Laplace transform of is given by

ME – 2016
9. If a u all ≥
Laplace transform F(s) is defined as

∫ ∫

∫ ∫

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 156


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

10. Laplace transform of is ECE/EE/IN – 2012


16. The unilateral Laplace transform of f(t) is
. The unilateral Laplace transform
of t f(t) is
(A) – (C)
11. Solutions of Laplace’s equation having
continuous second-order partial derivatives (B) (D)
are called 17. Consider the differential equation
(A) biharmonic functions
(B) harmonic functions
(C) conjugate harmonic functions | |
a
(D) error functions
The numerical value of | is
CE – 2009
(A) (C)
12. Laplace transfrm of the function
(B) (D)
f(x) = cosh(ax) is
(A) (C)
ECE\IN – 2012
(B) (D) 18. Consider the differential equation

ECE – 2008
13. Consider the matrix P = [ ] . The | a |
value of eP is
u al alu |
(A) [ ]
(A) (C)
(B) [ ] (B) (D) 1

(C) [ ] ECE – 2013


19. A system is described by the differential
(D) [ ]
equation =x(t). Let x(t)

ECE - 2010 be a rectangular pulse given by


14. Given {

[ ] l Assuming that y(0) = 0 and a


then the value of K is the Laplace transform of y(t) is
(A) 1 (C) 3
(B) 2 (D) 4

ECE– 2011
15. If [ ] then the initial
and final values of f(t) are respectively
(A) 0, 2 (C) 0, 2/7
(B) 2, 0 (D) 2/7, 0

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 157


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

20. The maximum value of the solution y(t) of EE – 2015


the differential equation y(t) + ̈ 25. The Laplace transform of
with initial condition ̇ and √⁄ ⁄
.

The Laplace transform of √ ⁄ is
(A) 1 (C) ⁄ ⁄
(A) ⁄ (C)
(B) 2 (D) √ ⁄ ⁄
(B) (D)

ECE – 2014
EE – 2016
21. The unilateral Laplace transform of
26. The Laplace Transform of
. Which one of the following f(t) = sin (5t) u(t) is
is the unilateral Laplace transform of
?

EE – 2014
22. Let be the Laplace
transform of signal x(t). Then, is
(A) 0 (C) 5
(B) 3 (D) 21

23. Let g: [ [ be a function


defined by g(x) [ ] where [x]
represents the integer part of x. (That is,
it is the largest integer which is less than
or equal to x). The value of the constant
term in the Fourier series expansion of
g(x) is_______

ECE – 2016
24. The Laplace transform of the causal
periodic square wave of period T shown
in the figure below is

( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 158


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Answer Keys and Explanations

ME ( ) ( )
1. [Ans. A] [ ( ) ( ) ]
From definition, ( )
We know ∫
[ ]

2. [Ans. C]
1 1 1 1 6. [Ans. D]
   a la
(s  s) s(s  1) s (s  1)
2

[ ] a
( ) ( ) ( )

3. [Ans. A]
[ ] 7. [Ans. B ]
{ }

Matching coefficient of s and constant 8. [Ans. C]


in numerator we get, f(t) = 2; 0 < t
0; otherwise

[ ] ∫ |
l
[ ]
9. [Ans. B]
As we know that, the Laplace transform of
the function f(t) is given by,

4. [Ans. D] { } ∫
{ }
u u l ≥

{ } { } ∫

10. [Ans. A]
5. [Ans. C]
11. [Ans. B]

CE
12. [Ans. B]
Taking Laplace transformation on both
It is the standard result that
sides
L (cosh at) =
[ ] [ ]
: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 159
GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

ECE
l
13. [Ans. D ]
eP= [ ]
l
0 1  ⁄
and P =   =2
 2  3
al alu
1
s 1  l
Where =  
2 s+3
l
1 s  3 1 

 s  1 s  2 2 s
 s 3 1  16. [Ans. D]
  s  1 s  2  s  1 s  2 
= 
 2 s 
 
  s  1  s  2  s  1 s  2  t
 eP
 2 1 1 1  17. [Ans. D]
  s  1  s  2 
s  1 s  2  
=  
  2  2 2

1 
  s  1 s  2 s  2 s  1   Taking Laplace transform on both the
sides. We have,
=[ ]

14. [Ans. D]
l l [ ]
a [ ] [ ]u

l [ ]u

l [ ] | [ ]

l [ ]

18. [Ans. D]
Approach 1:

Converting to s-domain
15. [Ans. B]
[ ]

[ ]
Using initial value theorem:
l

l a la a
[ ]u

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 160


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

|
a alu

Approach 2:

Applying Laplace Transform on both


For t = a u
sides
+ sin √
|

( ) 21. [Ans. D]

By Laplace transform property,

( )

22. [Ans. B]
|

19. [Ans. B] ( ) [ ]
Writing in terms of Laplace transform
a
( ) ( )

( )
( )

23. [Ans. 0.5]

∫ ∫ |
20. [Ans. D]
Value of constant term = 0.5

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 161


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

24. [Ans. B]
Laplace transform for periodic signal is
given as

[∫ ]

[ ]

[ ]

( )
( )( )

( )

25. [Ans. B]
a la la a

a

{ } { } ∫ { }


∫ ( )

[ ]

26. [Ans. A]
u
a
[ a ]
a
[ ] a

u [ u ]

[ ]
a
[ u ]

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 162


GATE QUESTION BANK Engineering Mathematics

Miscellaneous

ME-2015
1. Curl of vector ( )

(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)

2. The surface integral ∬ ( )


over the sphere given by
is __________

Answer Keys and Explanations

ME
1. [Ans. A]

( ) || ||

[ ] [ ] [ ]
( )|

2. [Ans. *] Range: 214 to 218


By Gauss divergence theorem,

∫̅ ̅ ∫ ̅

̅ ̅ ̅
Div ̅

∬ ( ̅ )̅ ̅ ∫

( )
( )

: 080-617 66 222, info@thegateacademy.com ©Copyright reserved. Web:www.thegateacademy.com 163

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy